Sie sind auf Seite 1von 127

Kumasi International Airport

Phase II: Airfield Works, Terminal Building and External Works

Request for Quotation


General Electrical Installation

Issued By:
Nurizon Internation Limited on behalf of Contracta Construction UK

Revision: 2
Date of Revision: 2018/09/20
Doc No: P0003-GL-05-ELC-RFQ1
REQUEST FOR QUOTATION Rev: 2
Date: 2018/09/20

Date Issued: 2018/09/20 Closing Date: 2018/10/05 Time: 17:00 UTC+2

Return To: Name: Company: Email:


Michael Einkamerer Nurizon International michael@nurizon.co.za

Project Team
Client: Contracta Construction UK
Nurizon International Limited.
Engineer:
Contact details in terms queries: llewellyn@nurizon.co.za / +27 12 345 3649
Background
Contracta Construction UK [Contracta] was awarded the contract in terms of the construction works for
the Kumasi International Airport, Phase II project by Ghana Civil Aviation Authority [GCAA]. The project
comprises the upgrade of the existing runway, Airfield Ground Lighting (AGL) system, link taxiway,
1 apron, bulk service infrastructure to accommodate the Boeing 737-800 as the design aircraft, new
terminal building, service roads, new parking facilities, and access roads. Nurizon International Limited
[Nurizon] was appointed by Contract as the project Engineers.
Kumasi airport is located in Ghana, approximately 5.5km north east of Kumasi’s city centre. It is located
2
at approximate coordinates 6°42'52.06"N, 1°35'27.18"W.
3 Nurizon is obtaining quotations for the work described below on behalf of Contracta.
4 Project Description: Supply and installation of the General Electrical Installation.
5 Project ID: A1178 - Sub Contractor Electric
Scope of Work
1 Supply of General Electrical Installation as per the BOQ
2 Site Establishment and Accommodation (off-site)
3 Site Security
4 Supply and Installation of Cable Sleeve Pipes
5 Low Voltage PVC and XLPE Insulated Power Cables
6 DB and Meter Boards
7 Wireways, Floor Ducting and Busbar Trunking
8 Wiring and Terminals
9 Lighting Installation
10 Power Outlets
11 Telephone Installation
12 Earthing and Lightning Protection Installation
13 Earthworks
14 Installation of material and equipment
15 Testing and commissioning
Deliverables
1 Company Profile 5
2 Priced BOQ 6
3 Proposed Programme 7
4 8
Contract Data / Payment Terms
1 Contract Document: FIDIC Red Book (1999)
2 Payment Terms: 30 days
3 Upfront Payment: Yes, 10%
4 Remeasurable Lump Sum
5 Warranty / Defects Liability: 12 months
6 Retention: Yes, 5%
7 Retention Period: 6 months
8 Site Visit Required: Yes No If Required by Tenderer
Attachments
Appendix B: BOQ Appendix D: Standard Specifications
Appendix C: Drawings
General
Submission of this quotation by the tenderer shall in no way place any obligation or duty on Contracta /
1 Nurizon to procure any goods and/or services from the tenderer and shall in no way create any rights or
expectations in respect of the tenderer
Appendix B:

BOQ
Page 1 of 19
Kumasi Airport
Electrical BOQ
Summary

Description Total

1 Section 1: P&G's
2 Section 2: DB's
3 Section 3: Power
4 Section 4: Lighting Fixtures
5 Section 5: Wireways
6 Section 6: Cables
7 Section 7: Site Layout
8 Section 8: Fire and Security
9 Section 9: Signage Outlets
10 Section 10: Earthing and Lightning Protection

Total -
Page 2 of 19
Payment Rate
Item Description Unit Qty Total Rate Total
Refers To Supply Install
Section 1: P&G's
1 PRELIMINARIES AND GENERAL
Provisional and General items in order to comply with the Conditions of
1.1 Item 1 -
Contract associated with the works contained in this document.
-
1.2 Test commission and prepare as-built drawings Item 1 -
-
1.3 Laminated drawings for all plant rooms and network rooms Item 1 -
-
1.4 Green building requirements for monthly monitoring Item 1 -
-
1.5 Green Building requirements for quarterly reports Item 1 -
-

1.6 Green Building requirements for recommissioning after one (1) year Item 1 -

-
1.7 Insurances Item 1 -
-
1.8 Mobilisation (Staff compliment on site, housing, meals ect.) Item 1 -
-
1.9 Project Management Item 1 -
-
1.10 Site tools and instrumentation Item 1 -
-
1.11 Maintenance and guarantee for 12 months after date of handover. Item 1 -
-
1.12 Project Engineering 5% 1 -
-
1.13 Site Establishment (fax, tel, etc.) Item 1 -
-
1.14 Site Security Item 1 -
-
1.15 Site Running Costs (based on project completion date cost) Item 1 -
-
1.16 Demobilization Item 1 -
-
Vehicles including special equipment to do the work, Cherry picker,
1.17 Item 1 -
forklift etc.
-
1.18 Client liaison/design coordination meetings: Sum 1 45 000.00 45 000.00
Page 3 of 19
Payment Rate
Item Description Unit Qty Total Rate Total
Refers To Supply Install
-
Other Items -
Any other items tenderers may wish to add of a preliminary and
1.19 general nature not specifically mentioned above in order to comply 1 -
with the specification and contract conditions.

Total (Excluding VAT) -


Page 4 of 19
Payment Rate
Item Description Unit Qty Total Rate Total
Refers To Supply Install
Section 2: DB's
Internal Electrical Installation
2 Main Low Voltage Reticulation
Distribution boards

Supply & installation of Distribution boards / MCC Panels as per


specification and drawings, floor standing, flush or surface mounted
complete with support brackets, gland plates, padlocks, masking plates,
labelling, main and insulated earthbars and all applicable notices
required by law, painting vermon proof and fire retardent sealing etc.
-
2.1 DB- Main No 1 -
2.2 DB-G1 No 1 -
2.3 DB-G2 No 1 -
2.4 DB-G3 No 1 -
2.5 DB-G4 No 1 -
2.6 DB-G5 No 1 -
2.7 DB-G6 No 1 -
2.8 DB-G6-1 No 1 -
2.9 DB-G6-2 No 1 -
2.10 DB-IT No 1 -
2.11 DB -Shop 1 No 1 -
2.12 DB -Shop 2 No 1 -
2.13 DB -Shop 3 No 1 -
2.14 DB -Shop 4 No 1 -
2.15 DB -Shop 5 No 1 -
2.16 DB -Shop 6 No 1 -
2.17 DB -Shop 7 No 1 -
2.18 DB -Shop 8 No 1 -
2.19 DB -Shop 9 No 1 -
2.20 DB -Kitchen No 1 -
2.21 DB -F1 No 1 -
2.22 DB -F2 No 1 -
2.23 DB- F3 No 1 -
2.24 DB -F4 No 1 -
2.25 DB -F5 No 1 -
2.26 DBR-PR-1 No 1 -
2.27 DBR-PR-2 No 1 -
2.28 DB-R1 No 1 -
2.29 DB-R2 No 1 -
2.30 DB-R3 No 1 -
2.31 DB-R4 No 1 -
Page 5 of 19
Payment Rate
Item Description Unit Qty Total Rate Total
Refers To Supply Install
2.32 DB-R5 No 1 -
2.33 Power factor Correction Panel No 1 -
2.34 DB - Utility No 1 -
2.35 DB - Kiosk No 1 -
2.36 Kiosk for Security Installation and additional signage points No 12 -

Total (Excluding VAT) -


Page 6 of 19
Payment Rate
Item Description Unit Qty Total Rate Total
Refers To Supply Install
Section 3: Power
3 Power Installation
Wired Double 13A switched socket outlet complete with covers,
3.1 conduit, 4mm² wiring terminations and all accessories built into
walls 300mm AFFL or higher
3.1.1 13A, DSO per point basis - outlet up to 20m No 44 -
-
3.1.2 13A, DSO per point basis - outlet up to 40m No 36 -
-
3.1.3 13A, DSO per point basis - outlet up to 60m No 65 -
-
3.1.4 13A, DSO per point basis - outlet up to 80m No 4 -
-
Wired Double 13A Dedicated switched socket outlet Red complete
3.2 with covers, conduit, 4mm² wiring terminations and all accessories -
built into walls 300mm AFFL or higher
3.2.1 13A, DSO per point basis - outlet up to 20m No 16 -
-
3.2.2 13A, DSO per point basis - outlet up to 40m No 4 -
-
3.2.3 13A, DSO per point basis - outlet up to 60m No 3 -
-
3.2.4 13A, DSO per point basis - outlet up to 80m No 6 -
-
Wired Utility boxes in walls complete with 4 by 25mm conduits
including one 13A, Normal plugs; including one 13A, Dedicated red
3.3 -
plug; including one Telephone points; including one Data point;
including 6m, 2.5mm cords with plug
COMBINATION PLUG: 1x SSO, 1 x RED SSO, 2x EUR SSO, 1 x TEL, 1 x
3.3.1 No 37 -
DATA. FITTED INTO POWER SKIRTING, U.I.O.
-
COMBINATION PLUG: 1 x SSO, 2 x EUR SSO. RECESSED INTO WALL
3.3.2 No 54 -
@300mm AFFL, U.I.O.
-
3kW-SP outlet complete with 4sqmm wiring with covers, conduit,
3.4 -
isolator and all accessories in ceiling
3.4.1 Geyser per point basis - outlet up to 20m No 2 -
-
3.4.2 Geyser per point basis - outlet up to 40m No 10 -
-
3.4.3 Geyser per point basis - outlet up to 50m No 2 -
-
Page 7 of 19
Payment Rate
Item Description Unit Qty Total Rate Total
Refers To Supply Install

3.5 Wired 13A Normal socket outlet complete with covers, 4mm² wiring -
terminations and all accessories built into Unistrut / Power Skirting
3.5.1 13A, SSO per point basis - outlet up to 20m No 31 -
-

3.6 Telephone/Data/TV outlet linked to cable trays complete with -


covers, 25mm conduit draw wires built into wall 350mm AFFL
3.6.1 DATA POINT No 72 -
-
3.6.2 TELEPHONE POINT No 84 -
-
3.6.3 TV POINT No 55 -
-
Legrand Floor boxes in walls complete with 2 by 50mm conduits
including two 13A, Normal plugs; including two 13A, Dedicated red
3.7 plug;including two 13A, Euro plugs; including one Telephone points; -
including two Data point, complete with 4mm² wiring, blanks, covers
etc
3.7.1 FLOOR BOXES as per above No 47 -
-
3.7.2 FLOOR BOXES with blank cover only No 5 -
-
3.8 Two compartment power skirting -
Epoxy coated - supply and installation -
3.8.1 Straight Length m 87 -
-
3.8.2 90 deg internal/external elbow No 15 -
-
3.8.3 End Caps No 8 -
-
3.9 PVC Conduit cast into concrete slab -
3.9.1 20mm m 650 -
-
3.9.2 25mm m 1 250 -
-
3.9.3 32mm m 350 -
-
3.9.4 50mm m 80 -
-
3.10 PVC Conduit linked to outlet boxes -
3.10.1 20mm m 150 -
Page 8 of 19
Payment Rate
Item Description Unit Qty Total Rate Total
Refers To Supply Install
-
3.10.2 25mm m 150 -
-
3.10.3 32mm m 423 -
-
3.10.4 50mm m 1 423 -
-
3.11 PVC conduit built into brickwork or partition walls -
3.11.1 20mm m 150 -
-
3.11.2 25mm m 450 -
-
3.11.3 32mm m 150 -
-
3.11.4 50mm m 50 -
-
3.12 Insulated wiring installed in Conduit or Trunking -
3.12.1 2.5mm PVC Wire m 8 500 -
-
3.12.2 4.0mm PVC Wire m 4 500 -
-
3.12.3 6.0mm PVC Wire m 2 500 -
-
3.12.4 2.5mm 300°C Fire Rated m 450 -
-
3.12.5 4.0mm 300°C Fire Rated m 500 -
-
HVAC Points: isolator built into brick walls - 2kW, 1p per point -
3.13 including 4mm² PVC wiring, terminations, 25mm conduit ,etc. Water -
tight boxes for outside units?
3.13.1 HVAC outlet per point basis - outlet up to 20m No 2 -
-
3.13.2 HVAC outlet per point basis - outlet up to 40m No 2 -
-
HVAC Points: isolator built into brick walls - 5kW, 3p per point -
3.14 -
including 4mm² PVC wiring, terminations, 25mm conduit ,etc.
3.14.1 HVAC outlet per point basis - outlet up to 20m No 3 -
-
3.14.2 HVAC outlet per point basis - outlet up to 40m No 4 -
-
HVAC Point: isolator built into brick walls - 10kW, 3p per point -
3.15 -
including 4mm² PVC wiring, terminations, 25mm conduit ,etc.
Page 9 of 19
Payment Rate
Item Description Unit Qty Total Rate Total
Refers To Supply Install
3.15.1 HVAC outlet per point basis - outlet up to 40m No 4 -
-
3.15.2 HVAC outlet per point basis - outlet up to 60m No 2 -
-
Three phase HVAC Isolators -Ceiling areas where point are installed
in drop in ceilings or flush plaster ceiling. Points are installed in
3.16 Unistrut (measured elsewhere) . Outlet per point to include 13A -
shaved socket, 4mm² wiring and terminations etc.

3.16.1 13A outlet per point basis - up to 10m No 24 -


-
3.16.2 13A outlet per point basis - up to 20m No 25 -
-
Hand Dryer Points: isolator built into brick walls - 2kW, 1p per point -
3.17 including 4mm² PVC wiring, terminations, 25mm conduit ,etc. -

3.17.1 Hand Dryer outlet per point basis - outlet up to 20m No 21 -


-
3.17.2 Hand Dryer outlet per point basis - outlet up to 40m No 20 -

Total (Excluding VAT) -


Page 10 of 19
Payment Rate
Item Type Description Unit Qty Total Rate Total
Refers To Supply Install
Section 4: Lighting Fixtures
Light fitting installation - Supply Safe storage, handling
charges, installation and connect of light fittings
4.1
similar/equal with SS ballasts, with 5A, plug and 3m cord. 15
x Lights per cercuit.
THORLUX HI-BAR 750mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) -
4.1.1 2.1 No 255 -
RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED
THORLUX HI-BAR 890mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) -
4.1.2 2.2 No 150 -
RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED
THORLUX HI-BAR 1320mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) -
4.1.3 2.3 No - -
RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED
THORLUX HI-BAR 1500mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) -
4.1.4 2.4 No 300 -
RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED
THORLUX HI-BAR 1640mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) -
4.1.5 2.5 No 13 -
RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED
THORLUX HI-BAR 1640mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) -
4.1.6 2.5E RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED COMPLETE WITH 1 HOUR No 3 -
BATTERY BACKUP
THORLUX HI-BAR 2070mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) -
4.1.7 2.6 No 25 -
RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED
THORLUX HI-BAR 2070mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) -
4.1.8 2.6E RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED COMPLETE WITH 1 HOUR No 8 -
BATTERY BACKUP
THORLUX HI-BAR 3000mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) -
4.1.9 2.7 No 49 -
RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED
THORLUX HI-BAR 3000mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) -
4.1.10 2.7E RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED COMPLETE WITH 1 HOUR No 3 -
BATTERY BACKUP
THORLUX HI-BAR LED (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) - RECESSED, OR
4.1.11 12.7 No - -
SIMILAR APPROVED
BEACON EMMERGENCY WARNING LIGHT MOUNTED TO ROOF
4.1.12 21.1 No 8 -
STRUCTURE AS PER STRUCTURAL ENGINEER
THORLUX G2 LED DOUWNLIGHT (1x, 1110lm, 12W,4000) OR
4.1.13 9.1 No 48 -
SIMILAR APPROVED
THORLUX G2 LED DOUWNLIGHT (1x, 1110lm, 12W,4000) OR
4.1.14 9.1E SIMILAR APPROVED COMPLETE WITH 1 HOUR BATTERY No 1 -
BACKUP
THORLUX G2 LED DOUWNLIGHT (1x, 1060lm, 10W,4000) OR
4.1.15 6.1 No 279 -
SIMILAR APPROVED
THORLUX G2 LED DOUWNLIGHT (1x, 1060lm, 10W,4000) OR
4.1.16 6.1E SIMILAR APPROVED COMPLETE WITH 1 HOUR BATTERY No 18 -
BACKUP
Page 11 of 19
Payment Rate
Item Type Description Unit Qty Total Rate Total
Refers To Supply Install
THORLUX G2 LED DOUWNLIGHT (1x, 2345lm, 21W,4000) OR
4.1.17 17.1 No 268 -
SIMILAR APPROVED
THORLUX A-LINE-ACRYLIC (2x, 1110lm, 12W,4000) OR
4.1.18 15.1 No 96 -
SIMILAR APPROVED
THORLUX A-LINE-ACRYLIC (2x, 1110lm, 12W,4000) OR
4.1.19 15.1E SIMILAR APPROVED COMPLETE WITH 1 HOUR BATTERY No 20 -
BACKUP
THORLUX CLEANLINE LED (1x, 2950lm, 26W,4000) OR
4.1.20 14.1 No 21 -
SIMILAR APPROVED
THORLUX CLEANLINE LED (1x, 4130lm, 38W,4000) OR
4.1.21 7.1 No 97 -
SIMILAR APPROVED
THORLUX CLEANLINE LED (1x, 4130lm, 38W,4000) OR
4.1.22 7.1E SIMILAR APPROVED COMPLETE WITH 1 HOUR BATTERY No 2 -
BACKUP
THORLUX FLUTE LED (1x, 1320lm, 36W,4000) OR SIMILAR
4.1.23 8.1 No 12 -
APPROVED
THORLUX KANBY LED CONTROLLER (1x, 4795lm, 37W,4000)
4.1.24 10.1 No 89 -
OR SIMILAR APPROVED
THORLUX KANBY LED CONTROLLER (1x, 4795lm, 37W,4000)
4.1.25 10.1E OR SIMILAR APPROVED COMPLETE WITH 1 HOUR BATTERY No 11 -
BACKUP

4.1.26 22E THORLUX COBOLT LED (1x, 1335lm, 15W, 5700K) OR SIMILAR No 20 -
APPROVED COMPLETE WITH 1 HOUR BATTERY BACKUP
Beacon Emergency warning light mounted to roof structure as
4.1.27 20.1 No 88 -
per structural engineer
THORLUX HI-BAR LED (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) - Suspended,
4.1.28 12.1 No 80 -
OR SIMILAR APPROVED
-
Light switching - including 2.5mm² wiring, conduit,
4.2 -
drawboxes etc. per point built in wall- up to 50m
4.2.1 Occupancy sensor per point basis - up to 10m No 46 -
-
4.2.2 Light switches - in wall - one way No 81 -
-
4.2.3 Light switches - in wall - one way dimmable No 3 -
-
4.2.4 Photocell No 5 -
-
Page 12 of 19
Payment Rate
Item Type Description Unit Qty Total Rate Total
Refers To Supply Install
Bird Scarers points - external walls, where bird scarers are
installed direct on concrete/brickwork. Outlet per point to
4.3 include, conduiting, 2.5sqmm wiring and terminations etc. -
Points for Airials and dishes on roof area. WI FI antenna
routing.
4.3.1 Bird Scarers No 12 -
-
Light fitting points - external walls, stair cases where fittings
are installed direct on concrete/brickwork. Outlet per point
4.4 2 111 -
to include, conduiting, 2.5sqmm wiring and terminations etc.

-
Light fitting points - external walls, basement parking, stair
cases where fittings are installed direct on
4.5 -
concrete/brickwork. Outlet per point to include, conduiting,
2.5sqmm wiring and terminations etc.
NEW STREET LIGHT-TYPE 1- 6m HIGH, THORLUX LIGHTING,
4.5.1 P1 49 -
JUNO B 60W POLE TOP LED LIGHT.
-
NEW STREET LIGHT TYPE 2 - 12m HIGHT, THORLUX LIGHTING,
JUNO D 326W POLE TOP LED LIGHTNEW STREET LIGHT TYPE 2-
4.5.2 P2 21 -
12m HIGH, THORLUX LIGHITNG, JUNO D 326W POLE TOP LED
LIGHT
-
NEW STREET LIGHT TYPE 3- 6m HIGH, THORLUX LIGHTING,
4.5.3 P3 4 -
JUNO B 30W POLE TOP LED LIGHT.
-
21m SCISSOR MAST (OR MAXIMUM LENGTH) WITH 4
4.5.4 3 -
FITTINGS PER MAST 900W LED (600mA)
-
16mm x 4 Core Cable for light fittings and external power
4.5.5 m 2 500 -
supplies
-
4.5.6 6mm BCEW m 2 500 -
-
4.5.7 16mm x 4 Core Cable termination No 73 -
-
4.5.8 6mm BCEW termination No 73 -

Total (Excluding VAT) -


Page 13 of 19
Payment Rate
Item Description Unit Qty Total Rate Total
Refers To Supply Install
Section 5: Wireways
Wireways -

5.1 Cable trays and baskets fixed at 1.2m intervals in ceiling with Trapeze -
brackets complete with all splicing, supports, brackets, hangers
5.1.1 150mm Wiremesh/ Perforated Tray m 3 340 -
5.1.2 600mm Wiremesh/ Perforated Tray T's No 26 -
5.1.3 600mm Wiremesh/ Perforated Tray Cross No 5 -
5.1.4 600mm Wiremesh/ Perforated Tray Bend No 6 -
5.1.5 300mm Wiremesh/ Perforated Tray T's No 10 -
5.1.6 300mm Wiremesh/ Perforated Tray Bend No 26 -
5.1.7 300mm Wiremesh/ Perforated Tray Cross No 5 -
-

5.2 Galvanised Unistrut suspended complete with plastic covers, splicing -


and hangers: earthing and bonding on all splices and bends.
5.2.1 P9000 Unistrut m 1 754 -
5.2.2 P9000 Unistrut Tee No 42 -
5.2.3 P9000 Unistrut Four Way cross No 39 -
5.2.4 P9000 Unistrut elbow No 20 -
5.2.5 P9000 Unistrut End Cap No 68 -
-

Similar or equal to "Metsec" heavy duty cable ladder, including all


5.3 necessary supports, clamps, strapping, welding lugs onto cast-in steel -
plates in Basement slab, brackets, splices, hangers, etc. Cable ladders
to be supported to 1m centres 76mm side rail 1,6mm steel
5.3.1 600mm Cable Ladder m 471 -
5.3.2 600mm Cable Ladder Internal/External bend No 16 -
5.3.3 600mm Cable Ladder T's No 15 -
5.3.4 600mm Cable Ladder Cross No 1 -

Total (Excluding VAT) -


Page 14 of 19
Payment Rate
Item Description Unit Qty Total Rate Total
Refers To Supply Install
Section 6: Cables
6.1 Mains Low Voltage Feeder cables
600/1000V Cu XLPE/PVC/SWA/PVC
Cable in shaft, sleeve, trench on cable rack or on surface,
including strapping every 300mm for clamping etc.Inclusive of
Labelling
6.1.1 95 mm², 4-core S+I m 345 -
6.1.2 70 mm², 4-core S+I m 593 -
6.1.3 50 mm², 4-core S+I m 59 -
6.1.4 35 mm², 4-core S+I m 105 -
6.1.5 25 mm², 4-core S+I m 165 -
6.1.6 16 mm², 4-core S+I m 1 240 -
6.1.7 10 mm², 4-core S+I m 440 -
6.1.8 6 mm², 4 core S+I m 90 -
-
6.2 Insulated copper earth conductors -
Copper earth conductor in trench or sleeve on racking
-
steelwork or strapped to cable. Inclusive of Labelling
6.2.1 95 mm² ICEW S+I m 255 -
6.2.2 70 mm² ICEW S+I m 388 -
6.2.3 50 mm² ICEW S+I m 59 -
6.2.4 35 mm² ICEW S+I m 105 -
6.2.5 25 mm² ICEW S+I m 165 -
6.2.6 16 mm² ICEW S+I m 1 240 -
6.2.7 10 mm² ICEW S+I m 440 -
6.2.8 6 mm² ICEW S+I m 90 -
-
6.3 Terminate and connect: -
600/1000V Cu XLPE/PVC/SWA/PVC cable -

including, strapping, clamping etc. Inclusive of Labelling Lugs -


bolts washers and Glanding must be included
6.3.1 95 mm², 4-core S+I No 16 -
6.3.2 70 mm², 4-core S+I No 14 -
6.3.3 50 mm², 4-core S+I No 4 -
6.3.4 35 mm², 4-core S+I No 10 -
6.3.5 25 mm², 4-core S+I No 8 -
6.3.6 16 mm², 4-core S+I No 44 -
6.3.7 10 mm², 4-core S+I No 22 -
6.3.8 6 mm², 4 core S+I No 8 -

-
Page 15 of 19
Payment Rate
Item Description Unit Qty Total Rate Total
Refers To Supply Install
6.4 EARTH TERMINATIONS: -
Terminate and connect earth conductor, including lug, bolt,
-
nut, number tags etc. Inclusive of Labelling
6.4.1 95 mm² Conductor S+I No 12 -
6.4.2 70 mm² Conductor S+I No 10 -
6.4.3 50 mm² Conductor S+I No 4 -
6.4.4 35 mm² Conductor S+I No 10 -
6.4.5 25 mm² Conductor S+I No 8 -
6.4.6 16 mm² Conductor S+I No 44 -
6.4.7 10 mm² Conductor S+I No 22 -
6.4.8 6 mm² Conductor S+I No 8 -
-
6.5 EARTH BAR -
Including Fixings Drilling, Labels -
6.5.1 Supply and Install 50 x 6 x800mm Copper Earth Bar No 4 -
-
6.5.2 Earthing lables on test points Sum 1 -
-
6.6 Sleeve & manhole Infrastructure -
Excavate 600mm wide x 800mm deep services trench and
6.6.1 back fill in compacted 250mm layers. 800mm deep x 600mm m 850 -
wide.
-
Supply & install the following Electrical sleeves complete
6.7 -
with all bends and couplings
6.7.1 160 mm diameter nextube ( black) m 850 -
-
6.7.2 110 mm diameter nextube ( black ) m 800 -
-
6.7.3 50 mm diameter nextube ( black) m 1 300 -
-
6.8 Supply & install the following Security/Comms -
6.8.1 110 mm diameter nextube ( green) m 600 -
-
6.8.2 50 mm diameter nextube ( green ) m 750 -
-
1000x1000x800 deep brick manhole with neck & coping for
6.8.3 No 20 -
600 diameter Heavy Duty lid

Total (Excluding VAT) -


Page 16 of 19
Payment Rate
Item Description Unit Qty Total Rate Total
Refers To Supply Install
Section 7: Site Layout
Site Layout System
Excavate 600mm wide x 800mm deep services trench and back fill in
7.1 m 2 500 -
compacted 250mm layers. 800mm deep x 600mm wide
Floor Reticulation Sleeves -
7.2 20mm Conduit m 1 830 -
7.3 25mm Conduit m 2 784 -
7.4 32mm Conduit m 2 243 -
Floor Sleeves
7.5 50mm Sleeves m 5 951 -
Columns Sleeves
7.6 50mm Sleeves m 4 005 -
Shafts Sleeves
7.7 50mm Sleeves m 1 386 -
Ground Sleeves
7.8 110mm Sleeves m 4 698 -
7.9 150mm Sleeves m 240 -
-
7.10 600x600mm Manhole No 32 -
-
Supply and install 110mm Sleeves for boom Gate power points as
7.11 No 3 -
indicated on drawings

Total (Excluding VAT) -


Page 17 of 19
Payment Rate
Item Description Unit Qty Total Rate Total
Refers To Supply Install
Section 8: Fire and Security
Fire and Security Outlet Points including 25mm conduit and draw
8
wire as per drawing specifications

8.1 Smoke Detector No 201 -


8.2 Heat Detector No 4 -
8.3 Ceiling mounted dome camera No 193 -
8.4 Wall mounted PTZ dome camera with arm No - -
8.5 Infrared temperature recognition camera No - -
8.6 Automatic sensor and door opener No 2 -
8.7 Maglock No 41 -
8.8 Intercom No 4 -
8.9 Keypad No 23 -
8.10 Break Glass Unit - Green No 6 -
8.11 Break Glass Unit - Red No 7 -
8.12 Emergency Exit No - -
8.13 Inline Smoke Detector No 4 -
8.14 BMS Bos For Smoke Louvres No 6 -
8.15 Fire Signal Points No 6 -
8.16 Smoke Louvre Points (Inc 1xData;1xDouble SSO; 1 x York box No 10 -

Total (Excluding VAT) -


Page 18 of 19
Payment Rate
Item Description Unit Qty Total Rate Total
Refers To Supply Install
Section 9: Signage Outlets
9 Supply and Install Signage points -
9.1 Double 13 A SSO No 84 -
9.2 Data Points No 46 -
-
Signage outlets on façade of the building Complete with conduit ,
9.3 No 50 -
wiring and temination to the light box

Total (Excluding VAT) -


Page 19 of 19
Payment Rate
Item Description Unit Qty Total Rate Total
Refers To Supply Install
Section 10: Earthing and Lightning Protection
10 Earthing System
Measuring of earth resistance by an earthing specialist and issuing of a
10.1 Sum 1 -
report
-
10.2 Additional earthing as per test result by Specialist Sum 1 -
-

10.3 Earthing and Bonding inclusive of lift and geyser, piping, taps sanitary PC 1 -
ware and waste pipe earthing and bonding in ablutions and kitchens
-
10.4 95 mm² BCEW m 6 500 -
10.5 Earth Spikes No 200 -
10.6 Exothermic welding for connection points No 200 -
10.7 Insulated Earth Bars 40x7 complete with bolts and nuts No 8 -
-
10.8 Crow's foot earial lightning arrestor No 10 -

Total (Excluding VAT) -


Appendix C:

Drawings
Drawing Number Drawing Description Revision
Landside
P0003-LS-05-ELC-0100 Electrical Landside Layout 2
P0003-LS-05-ELC-0400 Landside Lighting Details 3
P0003-LS-05-ELC-0402 Electrical Manhole and Cable Beacon Detail 0
Airside
P0003-AS-05-ELC-0400 Electrical Sleeves and Manhole Details 2
P0003-AS-05-ELC-0401 Airside Lighting Details 1
Terminal Building
P0003-TB-05-GEN-0102 Utility Room and Location 1
P0003-TB-05-GEN-0103 Earthing Layout and Details 1
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0101 Level 01 - Power Layout 2
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0102 Level 02 - Power Layout 1
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0104 Level 01 - Power Layout - Signage 2
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0105 Level 02 - Power Layout - Signage 2
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0201 Level 01 - Lighting Layout 5
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0202 Level 02 - Lighting Layout 4
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0203 Lighting Layout Roof 2
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0301 Level 01 - Sleeves and Ducts Layout 3
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0302 Level 02 - Sleeves and Ducts Layout 3
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0401 Level 01 - Wireway Layout 3
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0402 Level 02 - Wireway Layout 3
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0403 Roof Plan - Wireway Layout 1
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0501 Wireway Sections and Details 2
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0502 Lighting Sections and Details 0
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0503 Lift and Escalator Sections and Details 0
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0601 Overall Schematic Layout 2
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0602 Main Block Diagram 0
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0603 SLD - DB-Main 5
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0604 SLD - DB-G1 5
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0605 SLD - DB-G2 5
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0606 SLD - DB-G3 5
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0607 SLD - DB-G4 4
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0608 SLD - DB-G5 4
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0609 SLD - DB-G6 5
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0610 SLD - DB-G6-1 4
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0611 SLD - DB-G6-2 4
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0612 SLD - DB-F1 3
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0613 SLD - DB-F2 4
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0614 SLD - DB-F3 5
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0615 SLD - DB-F4 4
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0616 SLD - DB-F5 4
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0617 SLD - DB-PR1 and DB-PR2 3
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0618 SLD - DB-R1 to DB-R5 3
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0619 SLD - DB-IT 3
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0620 SLD - DB-SHOP 1 to DB-SHOP 6 3
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0621 SLD - DB-SHOP 7 to DB-SHOP 9 and DB-Kitchen 3
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0622 SLD - DB-UTILITY and DB-KIOSK 2
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0623 SLD - DB-UTILITY ROOM, Main MV Room, Generator Room and Sub Station 2
ELECTRICAL LEGEND
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION QTY
REGENT TYPE P1 - 54W - 8021lm 4000K POST TOP - 700mA
P1 54
COMPLETE WITH 4.5m PLINTH MOUNTED POLE.
REGENT TYPE P2 - 4x72W - 10851lm 4000K ISTRIA FLOODS -
P2 21
36 LED'S 700mA COMPLETE WITH 9m BURRIED POLE.
REGENT TYPE P3 - 38W - 5709lm 4000K POST TOP - 700mA
P3 12
COMPLETE WITH 3m PLINTH MOUNTED POLE.

Ø20mm SLEEVE

Ø25mm SLEEVE

Ø50mm POWER SLEEVE

Ø50mm DATA SLEEVE

Ø110mm SLEEVE

Ø160mm SLEEVE

NEXTUBE SLEEVE

MANHOLE - SIZE TO BE SPECIFIED 25

ELECTRICAL CABLE BEACON 12

750kVA GENERATOR

XFMR TRANSFORMER

EXISTING STREET LIGHT

EXISTING ELECTRICAL CABLE

21m SCISSOR MAST (OR MAXIMUM LENGTH) WITH 4


3
FITTINGS PER MAST 900W LED (600mA)

KIOSK DB

OL8 OL7
DB-KIOSK DB-KIOSK

XXX
XXX
P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1

PROPOSED ELECTRONIC BOOM P1 P1

GATE FOR PARKING ENTRY


(PROVISIONS TO BE MADE)
P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1
P1 P1

P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1
P1

P1

OL5
DB-KIOSK P1
P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1

2 x 110mm SLEEVES TO

XXX
PROPOSED POWER SUPPLY FOR SIGNAGE

TERMINATE INTO KIOSK WITH


OL9

XXX
SLOW BEND
P2
DB-KIOSK P1

OL4 P2 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1
DB-KIOSK

XXX
OL11
DB-KIOSK

XXX
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
P314
P3 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

OL1 P1 P1 OL6
Bus
P1 P1

DB-KIOSK OL3 Bus DB-KIOSK

XXX
P2

BOOSTER WATER
SUPPLY

OL2
P2
UTILITY

PUMPS AND
P1 P3 P3

CONTROL
H H

DB-KIOSK
XXX

P2 P3 P3 P3 P3 P3 P3 P3 P3

DB-KIOSK

WWTW PACKAGE PLANT


ROOM
XXX

GENERATOR

WATER
TANK

FIRE
ROOM
STORE
XXX

12.63 m² 12.96 m²
G WC208 WC207 G

Duct
Male WC Female WC
WC209 24.91 m² 22.43 m²
AS209

Duct
DOWN WC203 WC202
Store Change
WC/Baby Female WC Male WC
Cleaners

P2
MIP
WC206
Circulation 588.65 m²
323,058 WC205

PROPOSED LOOP FOR PARKING


WC204
11.40 m² Hall Change MIP WC
Departures Baby
ROOM AS208 16.39 m²

WATER TANK
EOC AC209 20.25 m² WC201
TRANSFORMER Circulation

POTABLE
Room RE206
ROOM Prayer Retail Kiosk
UP
AS205

Duct

Duct
Store AS206
Store
F LV Maintenance Store
Cleaners F
P2
FHR FHR

TIME SENSORS

FIRE PUMP
STATION
FUEL

WALK OFF MAT


GENERATOR
DN

P2 P2 P2

Duct

Duct
P2
AL102 AL101 Welcome Area
Lift Lift FHR Duct 8.81 m² Meeters & Greeters
10.88 m²
Passenger Passenger

typical 1m depth trench


AO208

Duct

Duct
Kitchen AS211 AO209 AO202
WC222 Offices
Service Store Supervisor Holding
MIP WC Customs
E 64.38 m²
15.64 m² 17.88 m² Cleaners E
WC220 WC219
RE201
Female WC Male WC 9.58 m² 9.58 m² AO203
and roof Lounge 7.66 m²
plant level, mezzanine 63.72 m² 164.98 m² 16.41 m² WC217 WC216 Inspection serves plant level
45.15 m² Airline 20.51 m² AO207 AO201

PROPOSED LOCATION FOR


access stair serves level 2, AC212 AC206 AS207 access stair
Male WC Female WC

P2
fire escape/maintenance Airside AO205 Holding fire escape/maintenance

5 x 50mm DATA SLEEVES AND


RE204 Waiting
Control Screening Room WC218
Lounge Offices Immigration
Passport Security IT Server
Airline Circulation Immigration
AO204
Airside AS212 AO206
Change WC215 AO210 Inspection
Store Port Health

P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2
AC214 Baby Circulation Store
Cleaners FHR
Corridor
UP Delivery RE202 FHR
6.13 m²
Kitchen AS204

1 x 110mm CCTV SLEEVE TO


Service
FHR Store

P2
Corridor Baggage

P2
D Departure D

ATC ON PHASE III


Domestic
19.11 m²
AC210 539.94 m²
AL103 11.13 m² 11.13 m²
Delivery 89.91 m² AS203
Goods Lift RE203 RE207 AC202
Goods AC204 Claim
Retail Kiosk Retail Kiosk Reclaim Baggage

Duct
Control

TERMINATE INTO TERMINAL


& Baggage Lost
Passport

SECURITY
Arrivals Hall DB5G
Duct
WC212
16.08 m² Female WC
WC225
AREA Male WC WC214
AS210 429.60 m² MIP WC
AC 298.44 m²

BUILDING WITH SLOW BEND


AC205

Circulation
Store AC208
Cleaners Lounge
C GENERATOR Duct
Lounge
Departure Duct C
Departure
CRITICAL LOAD Domestic
International WC213
Change
Change
WC/Baby
EX

MIP Baby
WC211
20.13 m² Male WC
pit 163.77 m²
WC224 escalator
AC203
Female WC
Hall
IS

AS202
Immigration
Duct Store

PROPOSED LOCATION OF
FHR Cleaners

PROPOSED MANUAL
7.86 m²
TI

AO212
29.46 m²
pit Visa-on-Arrival
escalator AS201

B Handling B
NG

FHR FHR FHR Baggage


86.97 m² 11.03 m²
AC213

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY ROOM


AO211
Corridor WALK OFF MAT WALK OFF MAT

BOOM GATE
Supervisor
Departures Apron
RO
AD

A A

PROPOSED FUTURE FUEL TERMINAL


+0

SUMP
+200
+200 +210

400mm DEEP SLAB EDGE BEAM


+265 +280
2x Ø50mm SLEEVES TO 2

SECURITY HOUSE
+225

TOC LEVEL +385

PUMP & FILTER BUND 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

3
+200
SUMP

+0
+200
400mm DEEP SLAB EDGE BEAM

+210
+225
TOC LEVEL +385

6x Ø110mm SLEEVES TO AC
CABLE
FOR EXISTING
+265

NEW ROUTE

T2 JET A1 T1 JET A1
PROPOSED

T3 - FUTURE
JET A1 500 M ³ 500 M ³ 500 M ³
+280

PLANTROOM MH140 MH141


3 3

OL10

XXX
6x Ø160mm SLEEVES
DB-KIOSK
PAY POINTS
FOR PARKING
SLEEVES
PROPOSED

4x Ø110mm SLEEVES FROM


GPU ROOM.
EXISTING ELECTRICAL
MH139 MH142
3 3 ROOM
B7
B73
B
B73
B B7737
B B
73377 M
7377 M 7377 M
MA 37 M
MA MA
AX MAAX
AX
X 110
X 110
0 AXX 110
X 110
0
0 0
B73
B
B7
B77337 B73
B B
B
7377 M 73377 M
7M 7377 M
MA
MAAX MA
AX
AX
AX MA
X 99 X 99
X 99 X 99

EXISTING ELECTRICAL CABLE TO BE


REROUTED BY SUPPLY AUTHORITY MH138
3 3
MH143

SITE LIGHTING AND SLEEVE LAYOUT


LANDSIDE PARKING AREA
SCALE : 1:1000

AIRSIDE
REFERENCE DRAWINGS REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31 ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN LC
DESCRIPTION BY REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 ELECTRICAL UPDATED ACCORDING TO ROAD LAYOUT LC
J. TEESSEN
2 2018/08/22 LANDSIDE LIGHTING REVISED LC REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/08/22 1:1000 2
A0
2018/08/22 J. TEESSEN
ELECTRICAL LANDSIDE LAYOUT SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-LS-05-ELC-0100
L. LOUW
550 550

388

0° TO 30° 388 388


ROTATION ON
ROTO BRACKET
323

323
CONNECTION COMPARTMENT 160mmØ CONNECTION COMPARTMENT 160mmØ
TO 94mmØ x 80mm HIGH TO 94mmØ x 80mm HIGH

RECOMMENDING MOUNTING HEIGHT

RECOMMENDING MOUNTING HEIGHT


76mmØ POLE - POWDER COATED BLACK 76mmØ POLE - POWDER COATED BLACK 76mmØ POLE - POWDER
76mmØ POLE - POWDER COATED BLACK
RECOMMENDING MOUNTING HEIGHT

RECOMMENDING MOUNTING HEIGHT


COATED BLACK

3.5m TO 9m

3.5m TO 9m
3.5m TO 6m

3.5m TO 6m

127mmØ ACCESS DOOR 127mmØ ACCESS DOOR


127mmØ ACCESS DOOR 127mmØ ACCESS DOOR

SEE BASE DETAIL


SEE BASE DETAIL
DEPENDS ON MOUNTING HEIGHT

DEPENDS ON MOUNTING HEIGHT


SEE BOLT CAGE
CABLE ENTRY SEE BOLT CAGE
CABLE ENTRY

FOOT PLATE WITH HOOK BOLTS


FOOT PLATE WITH HOOK BOLTS

250
250
230
230

FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW


LIGHT DETAIL LIGHT DETAIL
ARGO POST TOP ARGO QUAD FLOODS
SCALE : 1:10 SCALE : 1:10

190 c/c

190 c/c

500
250

3D VIEW 3-D VIEW BOLT CAGE DETAIL BASE DETAIL


ARGO POST TOP ARGO QUAD FLOODS ARGO AND ISTRIA QUAD ARGO AND ISTRIA QUAD
SCALE : N.T.S. SCALE : N.T.S. SCALE : N.T.S. SCALE : N.T.S.
REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
2 2018/05/31
DATE DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAILED DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
3 2018/08/22 LANDSIDE LIGHTING REVISED LC
J. TEESSEN
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/08/22 As indicated 3
A1
2018/08/22 J. TEESSEN
ELECTRICAL LANDSIDE LIGHTING DETAILS SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-LS-05-ELC-0400
L. LOUW
DUCTILE IRON MANHOLE COVER AND FRAME
TYPE Y-560-C WITH SECURITY LOCK OPTION,
560 CAST IN CONCRETE SLAB

150

100
CONCRETE SLAB, CLASS 25MPa/19mm 1.6mm ALUMINIUM PLATE CAST INTO CONCRETE. VISIBLE SIZE
OF 80mm x 80mm.
CABLE COORDINATES AND INFORMATION TO BE ENGRAVED
250 ON ALUMINIUM PLATE
2-Y10 REINFORCING STEEL, BENT INTO
BRICKWORK, 400mm DEEP 80

800
COMPACTED BACKFILL TO 90% OF MOD.
AASHTO DENSITY AROUND JUNCTION BOX
BRICK WALLS OF ENGINEERING BRICKS,

150

80
JOINTS POINTED BOTH SIDES, NO PLASTER.
PRE CAST CONCRETE CABLE BEACON.APPROXIMATE SIZE
110mm DIA. uPVC SLEEVE PIPE INDICATED, TO BE FINALIZED BY SUPPLIER.
CONCRETE SLAB, CLASS 25MPa/19mm 80

100
220 800 220

SECTION VIEW PLAN VIEW

1240

CONCRETE SLAB, CLASS 25MPa/19mm


96
°

2-Y10 REINFORCING STEEL, BENT INTO


BRICKWORK, 400mm DEEP
PRE CAST CONCRETE CABLE BEACON.APPROXIMATE
SIZE INDICATED, TO BE FINALIZED BY SUPPLIER.
1240

84
OPENING TO MATCH SIZE OF MANHOLE

°
COVER (TYPICALLY 560mm)

COVER SLAB SECTION VIEW

220 797 220

0 15
15 0
220

1.6mm ALUMINIUM PLATE CAST INTO CONCRETE.


VISIBLE SIZE OF 80mm x 80mm.
CABLE COORDINATES AND INFORMATION TO BE
110mm DIA. uPVC SLEEVE PIPE BRICK WALLS OF ENGINEERING BRICKS, ENGRAVED ON ALUMINIUM PLATE
JOINTS POINTED BOTH SIDES, NO PLASTER
797

CONCRETE FLOOR, CLASS 25MPa/19mm PRE CAST CONCRETE CABLE

450
BEACON.APPROXIMATE SIZE INDICATED, TO BE
FINALIZED BY SUPPLIER.
223

25 0
0 25

FLOOR PLAN ISOMETRIC VIEW

DETAIL 1 DETAIL 2
MANHOLE DETAIL CABLE MARKER
SCALE : 1:20 SCALE : 1:10
REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/07/13
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:

J. TEESSEN
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/07/13 As indicated 0101 0
A1
2018/07/13
ELECTRICAL MANHOLE AND CABLE SIGNATURE
J. TEESEN

BEACON DETAIL APPROVED BY:


P0003-LS-05-ELC-0402
L. LOUW
1477 WEIGHTS
SECTION WEIGHT
128 1222 127 TOP SECTION 2812.27 Kg
BASE SECTION 2902.99 Kg
TOTAL 5715.26 Kg

127
SPECIFICATIONS:

1. CONCRETE MINIMUM COMPRESSION


STRENGTH: F'c=5000 PSI @ 28 DAYS.
2. REINFORCING STEEL: ASTM A615, Fy=60000
PSI

Ø760mm OPENING WITH 1080mm DEEP


RECESS

1222
1477

128

TOP VIEW ISOMETRIC VIEW

AIRCRAFT RATED COVERS AVAILABLE


331

Ø110mm TERM-A-DUCTS TYPE. ALL BOTTOM


WALLS
2419

1834

890
255

DETAIL 1
PLAN VIEW MANHOLE DETAIL FRONT VIEW BACK VIEW
SCALE : 1:10

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
2
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAILED DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:

J. TEESSEN
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/05/31 As indicated 2
A1
2018/05/31 J. TEESSEN
ELECTRICAL MANHOLE DETAIL SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-AS-05-ELC-0400
L. LOUW
B
BOLT CIRCLE

30°

HOLE TAPPED FOR


3/8-16 MACHINE SCREWS
HOLE TAPPED FOR
3/8-16 MACHINE SCREWS

L-823 CONNECTOR
A L-823 CONNECTOR
B STEEL CABLE CAMP
C STEEL CABLE CAMP
EXT. PLYWOOD COVER 7/16 DIA HOLES
A
EQUALLY SPACED 49.5

101.6
7/16 DIA HOLES WATER
EQUALLY SPACED TIGHT WELD

88
F
9.65

314.325
D

260.35
SEE NOTES FOR
FOR STD LENGTHS

STD LENGHTS
DRAIN HOLE

9
SEE NOTES

A
C
26.67
2.7mm THICK
DRAIN HOLE

63.5
63.5

B
Ø70mm OPENINGS PROVIDED FOR Ø70mm OPENINGS PROVIDED FOR #10-24 STAINLESS STEEL
Ø50mm CONDUIT GROMMENTS Ø50mm CONDUIT GROMMENTS #10-24 STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS
SCREWS
E
C ID

DETAIL 1 DETAIL 2 DETAIL 3 DETAIL 4


TYPICAL L-867D DETAIL TYPICAL L-868 DETAIL L-867 BASE PLATE DETAIL 1832 RGL BASE PLATE DETAIL
SCALE : 1:10 SCALE : 1:10 SCALE : 1:10 SCALE : 1:10

7/16 DIA HOLES WITH


1-1/8 COUNTERBORE
EQUALLY SPACED

7/16 DIA HOLES


EQUALLY SPACED 7/16 DIA HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED
A

X
6.35

A
B
C
3.175
C

T
B

BOLT HOLES
SEE NOTES

DETAIL 5 DETAIL 6 DETAIL 7


NEOPRENE GASKET DETAIL BLANK STEEL COVER DETAIL FLANGE RING WITH PAVEMENT RING DETAIL
SCALE : 1:10 SCALE : 1:10 SCALE : 1:10
REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
1
DATE
2018/05/18
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION
BY
LC CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO CONSTRUCTION
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:

J. TEESSEN
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/05/18 As indicated A
A1
2018/05/18 J. TEESSEN
AIRSIDE LIGHTING DETAILS SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-AS-05-ELC-0401
L. LOUW
NOTES: LIGHTING LEGEND
ICON DESCRIPTION LIGHT NO. DESCRIPTION LIGHT
ICONNO. DESCRIPTION
1. SWITCHES 1,2 AND 3 SWITCHES LIGHT CIRCUITS L18, L21, L24 - L19, L22, L25 - AND L20, L23, L26 VIA CONTACTOR IN DB2G.
THORLUX HI-BAR 750mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W, 4000) - RECESSED, THORLUX G2 LED DOWNLIGHT (1X, 1110lm, 12W, 4000), OR SIMILIAR
2. SWITCHES 4,5 AND 6 SWITCHES LIGHT CIRCUITS L1, L4, L7, L10, L13, L16 - L2, L5, L8, L11, L14, L31 - AND L3, L6, L9, L12, L15, E EMERGENCY BATTERY BACK-UP 2.1 OR SIMILIAR APPROVED 9.1 APPROVED
L32 VIA CONTACTOR IN DB2G.
THORLUX HI-BAR 890mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W, 4000) - RECESSED, THORLUX G3 LED DOWNLIGHT (1X, 1060lm, 10W, 4000), OR SIMILIAR
MOTION SENSORS 2.2 6.1 APPROVED
3. CIRCUITS: L3-L15 AND L22-L27 SWITCH VIA CONTACTORS IN DB4G. OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
4. CIRCUITS: L1, L2, L22-L25 SWITCH VIA CONTACTORS IN DB4G. THORLUX HI-BAR 1320mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W, 4000) - RECESSED, THORLUX G3 LED DOWNLIGHT (1X, 2345lm, 21W, 4000), OR SIMILIAR
LIGHT SWITCH 2.3 17.1 APPROVED
OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
5. SWITCH T VIA CONTACTOR SWITCH CIRCUITS L2 - L13 OF DB-G6.
THORLUX HI-BAR 1500mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W, 4000) - RECESSED, THORLUX A-LINE-ACRYLIC (2X, 1110lm, 12W, 4000), OR SIMILIAR
6. WHERE THERE IS NO SWITCH/MOTION SENSOR - LIGHT CIRCUIT CONNECTED DIRECTLY TO DB CIRCUIT BREAKER. LIGHT SWITCH - DIMMABLE 2.4 15.1 APPROVED
D OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
7. FOR LIFT LIGHTING CIRCUITS REFER TO DRAWING: P0003-05-TB-ELC-0503. BEACON EMMERGENCY WARNING LIGHT MOUNTED TO ROOF THORLUX HI-BAR 1640mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W, 4000) - RECESSED, 14.1 THORLUX CLEANLINE LED (1X, 2950lm, 26W, 4000), OR SIMILIAR
20.1 2.5 APPROVED
STRUCTURE AS PER STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
BEACON EMMERGENCY WARNING LIGHT MOUNTED TO ROOF THORLUX HI-BAR 2070mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W, 4000) - RECESSED, THORLUX CLEANLINE LED (1X, 4130lm, 38W, 4000), OR SIMILIAR
21.1 2.6 7.1 APPROVED
STRUCTURE AS PER STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
THORLUX G2 LED DOWNLIGHT (1X, 1110lm, 12W, 4000), MOUNTED THORLUX HI-BAR 3000mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W, 4000) - RECESSED, THORLUX FLUTE LED (1X, 1320lm, 36W, 4000), OR SIMILIAR
22.1 2.7 8.1 APPROVED
AGAINST P9000 MOUNTED TO ROOF STRUCTURE, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
THORLUX HI-BAR LED (1x, 2190lm, 17W, 4000) - SUSPENDED, THORLUX KANBY LED CONTROLLER (1X, 4795lm, 37W, 4000), OR
12.7 10.1 SIMILIAR APPROVED
OR SIMILIAR APPROVED

NOTES: POWER LEGEND


1. RED PLUGS TO BE DEDICATED PLUGS. ICON DESCRIPTION ICON DESCRIPTION
2. MULTIPLE CONDUITS REQUIRED TO COMBINATION POINTS. COMBINATION PLUG: 2 x SSO, 1 x RED SSO, 1 x TEL, 1 x DATA. FLOORBOX: 2 x SSO, 2 x RED, 1 x TEL, 2 x DATA. FLOORBOX TO BE
FITTED INTO POWERSKIRTING, U.I.O. FB FITTED INTO FLOOR DUCT.
3. IT RACKS TO HAVE OWN UPS's.
COMBINATION PLUG: 2 x SSO. RECESSED INTO WALL @300mm FLOORBOX: 2 x SSO, 2 x RED, 1 x TEL, 2 x DATA. FLOORBOX TO BE
4. UPS - MODULAR SYSTEM - POWER FROM ESSENTIAL POWER FROM DB2EF TO DBUPS, AND THEN FEED GROUND AND FIRST FLOOR DB'S (DBEG, UPS SECTION AND DBEF, UPS SECTION) AFFL, U.I.O. FB FITTED DIRECTLY INTO SCREED CONNECTED WITH CONDUITS.
5. UPS ROOM TO HAVE RADIO CONNECTIVITY. NORMAL SINGLE SOCKET OUTLET. FITTED INTO POWERSKIRTING DEDICATED DOUBLE SOCKET OUTLET IN CEILING VOIDFOR
OR RECESSED INTO WALL @300mm AFFL, U.I.O. ACCESS CONTROL.
6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONDUITS AND WIREWAYS, ELECTRICAL AND ALL ELECTRONIC SERVICES.
NORMAL DOUBLE SOCKET OUTLET. RECESSED INTO WALL @
7. SEE DRAWING P0003-TB-05-FIR-0303 FOR SMOKE LOUVRE ACTUATOR CIRCUITS. 300mm AFFL, U.I.O.

8. DOOR MAGNETS, ACCESS CONTROL, ELECTRICAL OPENERS FOR DOORS TO FEED VIA GROUND FLOORBOX. DATA POINT

9. KITCHEN LAYOUT AS PER TENANT.


TELEPHONE POINT KEYPLAN LAYOUT
10. POWER LAYOUT TO BE VIEWED WITH OTHER ELECTRONIC SERVICES FOR CORRECT WIREWAY AND CONDUIT ROUTES
TV POINT 1 : 1000
11. READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH SIGNAGE DRAWINGS: P0003-TB-05-ELC-0104 AND P0003-TB-05-ELC-0105.

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

P3
DB-PR

15.1 15.1 E 15.1


P4
DB-PR

C C

15.1 15.1 15.1

15.1
15.1

E DB-PR
15.1 15.1 15.1

-3 L6 L7
DB-PR DB-PR
ELC-0502
D D
22.1
22.1
22.1

E E
15.1

P1 L1 P2 L3
DB-PR DB-PR L2 DB-PR DB-PR
DB-PR

F 15.1 E 15.1 E 15.1 15.1 F

15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1

E 15.1 15.1 15.1 E 15.1 E 15.1 15.1 15.1

G L4
G
DB-PR

15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1

15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1

L5
DB-PR

H H
15.1 E 15.1 E 15.1 15.1 E 15.1 15.1 15.1

LIGHTING LAYOUT - LEVEL 01 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23


1 : 100

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS REVISIONS PROJECT NAME PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC
REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 POWER AND LIGHTING ADDED LC
J. TEESSEN DATE SCALE SHEET REV
TITLE
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/07/13 As indicated 1
A0
UTILITY LAYOUT AND LOCATION 2018/07/13 J. TEESSEN DWG NO
SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-GEN-0102
L. LOUW
EARTHING LEGEND
SYMBOL SYMBOL
COPPER OR ALUMINUM LIGHTNING
DOWN CONDUCTOR CONCEALED

EARTHING WIRE
IN WALL CONSTRUCTION

BIMETALLIC BOLTED COMPRESSION TYPE ISOLATOR

EARTHING ROD
CONDUCTOR COPPER LIGHTNING DOWN

CONDUCTOR CONNECTOR
FACADE CONCRETE COLUMN
CABLE TO TRANSFORMER
COPPER (ONLY IN CONTACT
WITH EARTH SOIL) LIGHTNING
DOWN CONDUCTOR
M8 x 15 BOLT
HEX HEAD S/S
PHASE 3 - EARTHING WIRE
INSULATOR
30x30x6mm FLAT
BAR WELDED TO CONNECTION TO
PHASE 3 - EARTHING ROD
MINIMUM 25mm P.V.C. SLEEVE
CABLE TO GROUND ROD
BOLTED COMPRESSION TYPE
STRUCTURE METAL SUPPORT
COPPER CLAMP
STRUCTURE OF FACADE
EARTH CONNECTION FOR
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
PHASE 3 - CONDUCTOR CONNECTOR
EARTH "U" BOLT ROD CLAMP
COPPER WIRE
TEST LINK IN
RECESSED BOX
NOTES:
CONCRETE FLOOR WITH FLUSH LID
EARTH MAT -
EXOTHERMIC
WELDING JOINT
EARTH PIT
1. THIS INFORMATION MAY NOT CONTAIN ALL DETAILS REQUIRED
CONNECTIONS TO GROUND ROD SHALL BE MADE NOT LESS THAN
600mm BELOW GRADE AND 600mm AND AWAY FROM FOUNDATION WALL
19mm X 3050mm LONG
FOR CONSTRUCTION. APPROPRIATED MODIFICATION MAY BE
REQUIRED TO ENSURE SUITABILITY OF THESE DRAWINGS FOR
COPPER GROUND ROD

EARTHING CONDUCTOR
THE SPECIFIC APPLICATION. IT'S THE CONTRACTOR'S
RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE INSTALLATION OF THE
EQUIPMENT/SYSTEM IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH BUILDING
PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS, APPLICABLE CODES AND
STANDARDS.

EARTHING CONNECTION DETAIL EARTHING MAT CONNECTION DETAIL EARTHING CONNECTION TO COLUMN DETAIL TYPICAL DOWN CONDUCTOR ARRANGEMENTS
N.T.S. N.T.S. N.T.S. N.T.S.

A A

B B

C C

VERTICAL AND VERTICAL AND VERTICAL AND VERTICAL AND VERTICAL AND
HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL
BONDING BONDING BONDING BONDING BONDING

D D

E E

VERTICAL AND VERTICAL AND VERTICAL AND VERTICAL AND VERTICAL AND
HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL
BONDING BONDING BONDING BONDING BONDING GENERATOR FUEL

F F

LV ROOM

ROOM
TRANSFORMER

G G

STORE ROOM

ROOM
GENERATOR

H H

UTILITY SUPPLY

EARTH MAT - EXOTHERMIC WELDING JOINT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

EARTHING AND LIGHTNING LAYOUT


1 : 200

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC
REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/17 EARTHING TO COLUMNS ADDED LC
J. TEESSEN
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/07/17 AS INDICATED 1 OF 1 1
A0
2018/07/17 J. TEESSEN
EARTHING AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION LAYOUT AND DETAILS SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-GEN-0103
L. LOUW
NOTES: POWER LEGEND
1. RED PLUGS TO BE DEDICATED PLUGS. ICON DESCRIPTION ICON DESCRIPTION
2. MULTIPLE CONDUITS REQUIRED TO COMBINATION POINTS. COMBINATION PLUG: 2 x SSO, 1 x RED SSO, 1 x TEL, 1 x DATA. FLOORBOX: 2 x SSO, 2 x RED, 1 x TEL, 2 x DATA. FLOORBOX TO BE
FITTED INTO POWERSKIRTING, U.I.O. FB FITTED INTO FLOOR DUCT.
3. IT RACKS TO HAVE OWN UPS's.
COMBINATION PLUG: 2 x SSO. RECESSED INTO WALL @300mm FLOORBOX: 2 x SSO, 2 x RED, 1 x TEL, 2 x DATA. FLOORBOX TO BE
4. UPS - MODULAR SYSTEM - POWER FROM ESSENTIAL POWER FROM DB2EF TO DBUPS, AND THEN FEED GROUND AND FIRST FLOOR DB'S (DBEG, UPS SECTION AND DBEF, UPS SECTION) AFFL, U.I.O. FB FITTED DIRECTLY INTO SCREED CONNECTED WITH CONDUITS.
5. UPS ROOM TO HAVE RADIO CONNECTIVITY. NORMAL SINGLE SOCKET OUTLET. FITTED INTO POWERSKIRTING DEDICATED DOUBLE SOCKET OUTLET IN CEILING VOIDFOR
OR RECESSED INTO WALL @300mm AFFL, U.I.O. ACCESS CONTROL.
6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONDUITS AND WIREWAYS, ELECTRICAL AND ALL ELECTRONIC SERVICES.
NORMAL DOUBLE SOCKET OUTLET. RECESSED INTO WALL @
7. SEE DRAWING P0003-TB-05-FIR-0303 FOR SMOKE LOUVRE ACTUATOR CIRCUITS. 300mm AFFL, U.I.O.

8. DOOR MAGNETS, ACCESS CONTROL, ELECTRICAL OPENERS FOR DOORS TO FEED VIA GROUND FLOORBOX. DATA POINT

9. KITCHEN LAYOUT AS PER TENANT.


TELEPHONE POINT
10. POWER LAYOUT TO BE VIEWED WITH OTHER ELECTRONIC SERVICES FOR CORRECT WIREWAY AND CONDUIT ROUTES
TV POINT
11. READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH SIGNAGE DRAWINGS: P0003-TB-05-ELC-0104 AND P0003-TB-05-ELC-0105.

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

B B

2
AC1
DB-G6/1

P1 P1
DB-G6/1 DB-G6/1-UPS
P10 P11 P2 P13 P4 P15 P2
DB-G3 DB-G3 DB-G3-UPS DB-G3 P7 P8 P9 P10 P26 AC6 AC2
DB-G3-UPS DB-G3 DB-G6/1 DB-G3-UPS DB-G3-UPS DB-G3-UPS DB-G3-UPS DB-G3 DB-G3 AC7 AC8
DB-G6/1 AC1 AC2 AC3 AC4 AC5 P1 AC6 P2 P1
DB-G6/2 DB-G6/2 DB-G6/2 DB-G6/2 DB-G6/2 DB-G6/2 DB-G6/2 DB-G6/2-UPS DB-G6/2-UPS DB-G6/2 DB-G6/2
AC1 AC3 P12 P3 P14 AC4 AC3 G1 P23 P24 P25 AC5
P2 P27 P6
DB-G3 DB-G3 DB-G3 DB-G3-UPS DB-G3 DB-G3 DB-G6/1 DB-G6/1 DB-G3 DB-G3 DB-G3 DB-G3
DB-G6/1-UPS DB-G3 DB-G6
HD2 AC4 P3 P4 P5
HD1
DB-G6/1 DB-G6/1 DB-G6/2 DB-G6/2 DB-G6/2
DB-G6/1

C Duct
(1100) WC WC P2
C
(1100) DB-G6/1 DB-G6/2 DB-G6/2
DB-G6/1-UPS GPU Transformer
DB-G6/2-UPS Room
Lay-by for
G1 Cleaners Store Ablution 1.2
FB FB Circulation Manual Loading Electrical
DB-G3 Switchboard
Female WC Shower Capacitor Bank Security Control
Male WC P16
HD2 DB-G3
DB-G3 Goods / Airside
Circulation P3
Staff
HD1 AC1 CNV1 P1 CNV2 DB-UPS DB-GPU
DB-G3 (50 (PS)) DB-G6 DB-G6 DB-G6-UPS DB-G6 FHR DB-G6/2-UPS P8
FB FB FHR AC10
Open Plan CNV3 P9 DB-G6/2 FHR
DB-G6/2
Offices P17 DB-G6 DB-G6/2
DB-G3 Duct Kitchen & AC12 AC11 Conveyor
DB-G3 Airline
P19 DB-G6/2 DB-G6/2 Access Control (300) (300)
Canteen Fire Companies Airline P7 P6
DB-G3-UPS DB-G3 DB-G6/2 Lobby P5 Goods Lift DB-G6/2
AC2 Representative Companies PA Office (300)
AC9 P4 DB-G6/2-UPS P6
DB-G3 P6 FB FB Airline Offices
P9 DB-G3-UPS DB-G6/2 DB-G6/2-UPS (300) DB-G6/2-UPS
Airlines Manager (300)
DB-G3 FHR First Aid Room Goods Delivery
P8 CNV4
FHR P29 (300)
DB-G3 (1100) (1100) (1100) P20 DB-G6 Airline Offices P1
DB-G3 P4 P3
DB-G3 DB-G1
D P5 P18
DB-G1 DB-G1 WC
D
DB-G3 DB-G3 P32 P31 P30 AC8 P11
P5 Service Kitchen HD1
P6 Public Health P21 DB-G3 DB-G3 DB-G3 DB-G3 DB-G3-UPS P10
Shower DB-G1
DB-G3-UPS AC7 Baggage DB-G2 (1100)
DB-G3 Services DB-G3
P7 DB-G3 Handling
P14 FB FB FB FB Lobby WC
DB-G3 Meeting Room (1100)
DB-G3-UPS HD2
Airline Airline Airline DB-G1
P13 P4 (1100)
P3 Companies Companies Companies FB
DB-G3-UPS DB-G2-UPS
DB-G3 P1 P4
P22 P2 P3 P5
P4
DB-G3 Admin Office P28 DB-G6 DB-G6 DB-G6 DB-G6 DB-G6 FB
DB-G3 Health Admin Office Admin Office DB-G3 DB-G6-UPS Information
Inspection DB-G6 P7 Services &
Services DB-G2-UPS
CIP / VVIP
P33 P12 (2100) Ticket Sales
DB-G3 DB-G3-UPS
Lounge P2
(1100) DB-G1
P8 P8 P7 P6 P6 P5 P5
DB-G2-UPS DB-G2 DB-G2 DB-G2-UPS DB-G2 DB-G2-UPS DB-G2 P4 FB
P2 DBS4 DBS3 DBS2 Baggage DB-G2
DB-G3 DBS9 DBS8 DBS7 DBS6 DBS5 BMS
Minor/Disability Store Operations AIS P3
Assistance DB-G2-UPS
P17 P18 Check-in
DB-G2 DB-G2 P5
Counters P3 FB P6
P1 DB-G2 DB-G1
DB-G3-UPS Retail Retail Retail Retail Retail DB-G1

E E
P1
DBS2 P9
P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P2 Duct
DB-G2
DBS9 DBS8 DBS7 DBS6 DBS5 DBS4 DBS3 DB-G2-UPS
DBS1 DB-G2 FB DB-G1
P1
FB FB FB Duct
Police Services DBS1
Retail DB-G1-UPS P1
P1 FHR
Passenger Lift DB-G1-UPS
DB-G3 P20
DB-G2-UPS
DB-G2
Duct Passenger Lift AC4 Duct
DB-G2
P15 P2
DB-G3-UPS DB-G2
AC9 P10 P19 P9 FB
AC9
DB-G3 DB-G2 DB-G2-UPS DB-G2 DB-G2-UPS
SUMP PUMP. FOR MORE AC3 AC2 AC1 P1 SUMP PUMP. FOR
P11 DB-G2 DB-G2 DB-G2 DB-G2-UPS P2
DETAIL REFER TO DRAWING: MORE DETAIL DB-G1-UPS
DB-G2-UPS
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0503 P1 P16 REFER TO
P12 P15 DB-G2 DB-G2 DRAWING: P0003- AC3
P10 DB-G2 P13 DB-G2 DB-G5
P1 P2 DB-G2 DB-G2 TB-05-ELC-0503
DB-G4 DB-G4
P14 AC2 P1 P3 P2 P3 P4
DB-G2 DB-G5 DB-G5 DB-G1-UPS DB-G5 DB-G5 DB-G1-UPS

FHR FHR (1100)


F Duct DB-KITCEN
Maintenance
Store
Duct F
Cleaners Store Store
Circulation
DB-G5
DB-G4
NOTE 9
G1 HD3
DB-G4 DB-G4
Security Offices Surveillance
HD1 AC7 AC6 Operations
DB-G4 DB-G2 Retail DB-G2
MIP WC Baby Change HD4 Retail Concession Departures Hall G1 (CCTV)
DB-G4 DB-G5 Circulation
HD2 Area
DB-G4 AC8 AC5 P4
DB-G2 DB-G2 DB-G5
P3
DB-G4 Duct
AC1 HD3
DB-G5 MIP WC/Baby Cleaners Store
Male WC Female WC Change DB-G5
HD1
Duct P5
DB-G5
NOTE 8 NOTE 8 DB-G5
NOTE 8 Male WC
FB FB FB Female WC
G P6
DB-G5 G
HD2
DB-G5
P12 ESC2 ESC1 P11 P13
DB-G2-UPS DB-G2 DB-G2 DB-G2 P14
DB-G2-UPS DB-G2-UPS

AC1 P4
DB-G4 DB-G4

H H

POWER LAYOUT - LEVEL 01


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
1 : 100
REFERENCE DRAWINGS REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS REVISIONS PROJECT NAME PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC
REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/06/05 CIRCUITING REVISED AND POWER POINTS ADDED LC
J. TEESSEN DATE SCALE SHEET REV
2 2018/07/13 CIRCUITING REVISED AND POWER POINTS ADDED LC
TITLE
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/07/13 As indicated 2
A0
POWER LAYOUT LEVEL 01 2018/07/13 J. TEESSEN DWG NO
SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0101
L. LOUW
NOTES: POWER LEGEND
1. RED PLUGS TO BE DEDICATED PLUGS. ICON DESCRIPTION ICON DESCRIPTION
2. MULTIPLE CONDUITS REQUIRED TO COMBINATION POINTS. COMBINATION PLUG: 2 x SSO, 1 x RED SSO, 1 x TEL, 1 x DATA. FLOORBOX: 2 x SSO, 2 x RED, 1 x TEL, 2 x DATA. FLOORBOX TO BE
FITTED INTO POWERSKIRTING, U.I.O. FB FITTED INTO FLOOR DUCT.
3. IT RACKS TO HAVE OWN UPS's.
COMBINATION PLUG: 2 x SSO. RECESSED INTO WALL @300mm FLOORBOX: 2 x SSO, 2 x RED, 1 x TEL, 2 x DATA. FLOORBOX TO BE
4. UPS - MODULAR SYSTEM - POWER FROM ESSENTIAL POWER FROM DB2EF TO DBUPS, AND THEN FEED GROUND AND FIRST FLOOR DB'S (DBEG, UPS SECTION AND DBEF, UPS SECTION) AFFL, U.I.O. FB FITTED DIRECTLY INTO SCREED CONNECTED WITH CONDUITS.
5. UPS ROOM TO HAVE RADIO CONNECTIVITY. NORMAL SINGLE SOCKET OUTLET. FITTED INTO POWERSKIRTING DEDICATED DOUBLE SOCKET OUTLET IN CEILING VOIDFOR
OR RECESSED INTO WALL @300mm AFFL, U.I.O. ACCESS CONTROL.
6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONDUITS AND WIREWAYS, ELECTRICAL AND ALL ELECTRONIC SERVICES.
NORMAL DOUBLE SOCKET OUTLET. RECESSED INTO WALL @
7. SEE DRAWING P0003-TB-05-FIR-0303 FOR SMOKE LOUVRE ACTUATOR CIRCUITS. 300mm AFFL, U.I.O.

8. DOOR MAGNETS, ACCESS CONTROL, ELECTRICAL OPENERS FOR DOORS TO FEED VIA GROUND FLOORBOX. DATA POINT

9. KITCHEN LAYOUT AS PER TENANT.


TELEPHONE POINT
10. POWER LAYOUT TO BE VIEWED WITH OTHER ELECTRONIC SERVICES FOR CORRECT WIREWAY AND CONDUIT ROUTES
TV POINT
11. READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH SIGNAGE DRAWINGS: P0003-TB-05-ELC-0104 AND P0003-TB-05-ELC-0105.

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

A A

CNV1 CNV2 P7 P4 P8 P4 P9 P10 P9 P18 AC3 P11 P6 P12 P13 P14 P7 P15 P8 P29 P28
DB-F3 DB-F3 DB-F3 DB-F3-UPS DB-F3 DB-F3-UPS DB-F3 DB-F3 DB-F3-UPS DB-F3 DB-F3 DB-F2 DB-F2 P7 P26 P27 P8 P25 P24 P9 P23 P22 P21
DB-F3 DB-F3-UPS DB-F3 DB-F3 DB-F3 DB-F3-UPS DB-F3 DB-F3-UPS
DB-F2-UPS DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2-UPS DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2-UPS DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2

NOTE 7

NOTE 8
P6
DB-F3
B B

FB FB
P5
DB-F3

(1100)

HD2
DB-F2

HD1
DB-F3

C C

P4
DB-F3 FB FB HD1
DB-F2

HD2 P1
DB-F3 DB-F1

FB FB
DB-F3
DB-F3-UPS

AC2
DB-F3 P2 P20 P3 P1
P5
DB-F2-E DB-F2 DB-F1 DB-F1-E
FB FB DB-G2-UPS
P3 P12 P1 P13 P14 AC1 P15
DB-F3 DB-F2 DB-F2-E DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 P16 P19 P6 P17 P2 P4 P5
D DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-G2-UPS DB-F2 DB-F1 DB-F1 DB-F1
D
P2
DB-F3

FB FB (1100)
(1100)

AC1
DB-F3
FB FB
P18
DB-F3

DB-IT P5
FB NOTE 3 DB-F1
P3 FB FB FB FB
DB-F3-UPS

P7
P1 DB-F1
DB-F3

E FB FB P8
DB-F1
E
FB DB-F2
DB-F1
DB-F2-E P9
DB-F1-E DB-F1
DB-F2-UPS
P16
DB-F3
P2 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P5 AC2 P3 XR2 CXR1 MD1 MD2 P6
DB-F3-UPS DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2-E DB-F2 DB-F2-E DB-F2-E DB-F2-E DB-F2-E DB-F2-E DB-F1
FB P18 P4
P1 P2 P3 HD1 G1 HD2 HD3 G2 G3 HD4 P4 CXR2 XR1 DB-F2 DB-F2-UPS
DB-F2-UPS DB-F2-UPS DB-F2-UPS DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2-E DB-F2-E DB-F2-E
P1
DB-F3-UPS

P17
DB-F3

P1
DB-F4

F P1
DB-F5
F
DB-F4 DB-F5

P2
DB-F4

P2
DB-F5

G G

P3 HD1 HD2 P4 P30 P31 P32 P33 P34 P2 HD1 HD2 HD3
DB-F4 DB-F4 DB-F4 DB-F4 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F1-E DB-F5 DB-F5 DB-F5

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

POWER LAYOUT - LEVEL 02


1 : 100

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS REVISIONS PROJECT NAME PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC
REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 CIRCUITING REVISED AND POWER POINTS ADDED LC
J. TEESSEN DATE SCALE SHEET REV
TITLE
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/07/13 As indicated 1
A0
POWER LAYOUT LEVEL 02 2018/07/13 J. TEESSEN DWG NO
SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0102
L. LOUW
SIGNAGE
Type Type Comments Electrical Data Comments Count
TYPE 1 - EXIT EXIT 0.000 V/1-0 VA 6
TYPE 2 - ENTRANCE ENTRANCE 0.000 V/1-0 VA 5
TYPE 3 - INFO INFO 0.000 V/1-0 VA 12
TYPE 4 - FIRE SIGN FIRE 0.000 V/1-0 VA 15
TYPE 5 - TOILET INFO TOILETS 0.000 V/1-0 VA 8
TYPE 6 - SIGN SIGN 0.000 V/1-0 VA 36
TYPE 7 - LIFT INFO LIFT 0.000 V/1-0 VA 5
TYPE 8 - SHOPS SHOP A 0.000 V/1-0 VA 1
TYPE 9 - SHOP B SHOP B 0.000 V/1-0 VA 1
TYPE 10 - SHOP C SHOP C 0.000 V/1-0 VA 1
TYPE 11 - SHOP D SHOP D 0.000 V/1-0 VA 1
TYPE 12 - SHOP E SHOP E 0.000 V/1-0 VA 1
TYPE 13 - SHOP F SHOP F 0.000 V/1-0 VA 1
TYPE 14 - SHOP G SHOP G 0.000 V/1-0 VA 1
TYPE 15 - SHOP H SHOP H 0.000 V/1-0 VA 1
TYPE 16 - LARGE INFO BOARD LARGE BOARD 0.000 V/1-0 VA 2
TYPE 17 - LOADING BAY LOADING 0.000 V/1-0 VA 1
TYPE 18-ADVERTISEMENT ADVERTISEMENT 0.000 V/1-0 VA 36

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

B B

SIGN P1 SIGN P4 SIGN P5 SIGN P6 SIGN P7 SIGN P8


DBG6-1 DBG2E DBG2E DBG2E DBG2E DBG2E

C C
INFO
LOADING

D D
SIGN

SIGN SIGN SIGN SIGN SIGN SIGN SIGN

SIGN
E E
FIRE SHOP INFO POWER SUPPLIED
FROM SHOP DB
EXIT
INFO SIGN
SIGN P1
INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO DBG1E
SHOP A SHOP B SHOP C SHOP D SHOP E SHOP F SHOP G SHOP H
SIGN P1
INFO INFO
DBG3E LIFT LIFT

EXIT
FIRE
FIRE

TOILETS
TOILETS

INFO
INFO

F INFO
INFO BOARD F
INFO INFO AIRPORT ADS
HANGING HANGING FLIGHT INFO
FLOOR LEVEL
SHOPS
RESTUARANT
TOILETS
HANGING

HANGING

INFO
IN CEILING VOID - IN CEILING VOID -
HANGING
INFO

INFO
CONDUIT TO POSITION CONDUIT TO POSITION
AD AD

FIRE FIRE FIRE AD AD


AD

AD

G EXIT
ENTRANCE
EXIT
ENTRANCE
EXIT
ENTRANCE
G

SIGN P1 SIGN P4 SIGN P2 SIGN P3 SIGN P2 SIGN P1 SIGN P2 AD P1


DBF4 DBG2E DBF2E DBG2E DBG2E DBF2E DBG1E DBF5

2
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

POWER LAYOUT - SIGNAGE - LEVEL 01


1 : 100

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS REVISIONS PROJECT NAME PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/30
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC
REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/06/05 ADDED CIRCUITRY LC
J. TEESSEN DATE SCALE SHEET REV
2 2018/07/13 ADDED CIRCUITRY LC
TITLE
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018-07-13 1 : 100 2
A0
POWER LAYOUT LEVEL 01 - SIGNAGE 2018/07/13 J. TEESSEN DWG NO
SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0104
L. LOUW
SIGNAGE
Type Type Comments Electrical Data Comments Count
TYPE 1 - EXIT EXIT 0.000 V/1-0 VA 6
TYPE 2 - ENTRANCE ENTRANCE 0.000 V/1-0 VA 5
TYPE 3 - INFO INFO 0.000 V/1-0 VA 12
TYPE 4 - FIRE SIGN FIRE 0.000 V/1-0 VA 15
TYPE 5 - TOILET INFO TOILETS 0.000 V/1-0 VA 8
TYPE 6 - SIGN SIGN 0.000 V/1-0 VA 36
TYPE 7 - LIFT INFO LIFT 0.000 V/1-0 VA 5
TYPE 8 - SHOPS SHOP A 0.000 V/1-0 VA 1
TYPE 9 - SHOP B SHOP B 0.000 V/1-0 VA 1
TYPE 10 - SHOP C SHOP C 0.000 V/1-0 VA 1
TYPE 11 - SHOP D SHOP D 0.000 V/1-0 VA 1
TYPE 12 - SHOP E SHOP E 0.000 V/1-0 VA 1
TYPE 13 - SHOP F SHOP F 0.000 V/1-0 VA 1
TYPE 14 - SHOP G SHOP G 0.000 V/1-0 VA 1
TYPE 15 - SHOP H SHOP H 0.000 V/1-0 VA 1
TYPE 16 - LARGE INFO BOARD LARGE BOARD 0.000 V/1-0 VA 2
TYPE 17 - LOADING BAY LOADING 0.000 V/1-0 VA 1
TYPE 18-ADVERTISEMENT ADVERTISEMENT 0.000 V/1-0 VA 36

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

A A
SIGN P8 SIGN P10 SIGN P8 SIGN P9 SIGN P7
DBF3E DBF2E DBF2E DBF2E DBF2E

HANGING FROM ROOF TRUSSES

HANGING FROM ROOF TRUSSES


ENTRANCE ENTRANCE

FIRE FIRE

B FIRE FIRE B
2

INFO AD INFO AD

SIGN
AD

TOILETS
INFO

AD
SIGN P8 SIGN P3
DBF3E DBF1E

AD
SIGN

C C

AD

AD

AD
TOILETS
INFO

AD

SIGN

TOILETS
INFO

AD
SIGN P7
DBF3E

SIGN P6
DBF3E
AD

SIGN
SIGN SIGN SIGN

SIGN P2
SIGN

DBF1E

SIGN
D D
SIGN SIGN

SIGN P5 SIGN INFO


DBF3E
AD TOILETS

SIGN
SIGN

SIGN

SIGN
SIGN
SIGN

AD

AD

AD
AD
FIRE
E SIGN E
SIGN P4
DBF3E SIGN SIGN SIGN SIGN SIGN
AD AD AD
SIGN

INFO

INFO
FIRE FIRE FIRE
INFO BOARD INFO
INFO
AIRPORT ADS LIFT
FLIGHT INFO
INFO INFO
FLOOR LEVEL
LIFT LIFT
SHOPS
FIRE
EXIT

RESTUARANT SIGN P1
DBF1E
TOILETS
SIGN P3
HANGING
TOILETS

DBF3E

TOILETS
INFO

INFO
F F
HANGING FROM ROOF TRUSSES

AD
HANGING

IN CEILING VOID - IN CEILING VOID -


SIGN

CONDUIT TO POSITION CONDUIT TO POSITION


AD AD
AD

AD

AD
AD

G G

AD

AD
AD
SIGN P1 SIGN P2 SIGN P1 SIGN P1 SIGN P2 SIGN P7 SIGN P3 SIGN P4 P5 SIGN SIGN P6 AD P1
DBG4 DBF3E DBF3E DBF2E DBF2E DBF2E DBF2E DBF2E DBF2E DBF2E DBG5

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
POWER LAYOUT - SIGNAGE - LEVEL 02
1 : 100

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS REVISIONS PROJECT NAME PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/30
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC
REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/06/05 ADDED CIRCUITRY LC
J. TEESSEN DATE SCALE SHEET REV
2 2018/07/13 ADDED CIRCUITRY LC
TITLE
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018-07-13 1 : 100 2
A0
POWER LAYOUT LEVEL 02 - SIGNAGE 2018/07/13 J. TEESSEN DWG NO
SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0105
L. LOUW
NOTES: LIGHTING LEGEND
ICON DESCRIPTION LIGHT NO. DESCRIPTION
1. SWITCHES 1,2 AND 3 SWITCHES LIGHT CIRCUITS L18, L21, L24 - L19, L22, L25 - AND L20, L23, L26 VIA CONTACTOR IN DB2G.
2. SWITCHES 4,5 AND 6 SWITCHES LIGHT CIRCUITS L1, L4, L7, L10, L13, L16 - L2, L5, L8, L11, L14, L31 - AND L3, L6, L9, L12, L15, E EMERGENCY BATTERY BACK-UP 1.1 LED SUSPENDED STRIPLIGHT, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
L32 VIA CONTACTOR IN DB2G.
REGENT BOARD LINEAR MINI 100mm 4000k, 2.4W @700mA -
MOTION SENSORS 2.1
3. CIRCUITS: L3-L15 AND L22-L27 SWITCH VIA CONTACTORS IN DB4G. RECESSED, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
4. CIRCUITS: L1, L2, L22-L25 SWITCH VIA CONTACTORS IN DB4G. REGENT LIGHTING SOLUTIONS S-LINE 50W 90 DEGREE, OR
LIGHT SWITCH 3.1 SIMILIAR APPROVED
5. SWITCH T VIA CONTACTOR SWITCH CIRCUITS L2 - L13 OF DB-G6.
REGENT 1218 LUXON 300x1200mm LED PANEL LIGHT 40W, OR
6. WHERE THERE IS NO SWITCH/MOTION SENSOR - LIGHT CIRCUIT CONNECTED DIRECTLY TO DB CIRCUIT BREAKER. LIGHT SWITCH - DIMMABLE 7.1 SIMILIAR APPROVED
D
7. FOR LIFT LIGHTING CIRCUITS REFER TO DRAWING: P0003-05-TB-ELC-0503. 17.1 REGENT Y103 PEROX ELUX 110 18W 4000k, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED 8.1 REGENT 1253 ORBIT 300mm LED 4000k, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED

LED DOWNLIGHT (1X, 1110lm, 12W, 4000), MOUNTED AGAINST P9000 REGENT Y102 PEROX ELUX 13W 4000k, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
20.1 9.1
MOUNTED TO ROOF STRUCTURE, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
BEACON EMERGENCY WARNING LIGHT MOUNTED TO ROOF
21.1 10.1 REGENT LINEAR MINI 1500mm 35W 4000k, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
STRUCTURE AS PER STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.
REGENT SOLO BULKHEAD COMPLETE WITH 10W LED 4000K - INCLUDES
22.1 15.1 REGENT F211 NIMBUS 33W 4000k, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

L2 L3 L9 L8 L7 L6
DB-G6/1 DB-G6/1 DB-G6/2 DB-G6/2 DB-G6/2 DB-G6/2

B B

15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1

15.1 E 15.1 15.1 15.1 E 15.1 15.1 15.1 E 15.1 15.1 15.1 E 15.1 15.1 15.1 E 15.1 15.1 15.1 E 15.1 15.1 15.1 E 15.1 15.1

L8 L1 DB-G6/2-UPS
L5 L6 DB-G3 DB-G6/1 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 L11 L12
DB-G3 DB-G3 DB-G6/2 DB-G6/2 DB-G6/2 DB-G6/2 DB-G6/2
L7 DB-G6 DB-G6 DB-G6 DB-G6 DB-G6 DB-G6 DB-G6 DB-G6 DB-G6 DB-G6 DB-G6 DB-G6
DB-G6/2
DB-G3
C C

10.1

10.1
DB-G6/1 E E
E
9.1

9.1 9.1 DB-G6/1-UPS


9.1

9.1

9.1

9.1

15.1
9.1

9.1

15.1

15.1
7.1 7.1 7.1 E 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1
E E E 15.1 15.1

10.1

10.1

15.1
9.1 9.1 10.1

15.1
10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1
9.1

9.1

9.1
9.1

9.1

15.1
9.1 9.1 L28 E E

15.1
L9 DB-UPS L27 DB-GPU DB-G2 L6

15.1
7.1 7.1 7.1 DB-G3 DB-G2 DB-G6 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1

15.1
DB-G3 7.1 7.1
9.1
DB-G3-UPS 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 -3
E E E
7.1 7.1 7.1

15.1

15.1

15.1

15.1
ELC-0502
7.1 7.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 9.1 7.1 7.1 7.1
7.1 7.1 7.1 10.1 10.1 SEE NOTE 7
7.1 7.1
L1
7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 DB-G1 LL2
L10 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 9.1 DB-G1
D 9.1
DB-G3

9.1
L2 D
9.1

9.1

9.1

9.1

9.1

9.1

9.1
DB-G1 22.1
9.1 9.1

22.1
L4 7.1 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 17.1 9.1
DB-G3
E E
E E 7.1 E 7.1
8.1 L13 L12 9.1 9.1
DB-G3 DB-G3 9.1
7.1 D E E E 9.1 9.1
7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 17.1
8.1 8.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1
L3 L3
DB-G3 L11 7 DB-G1
DB-G3
7.1 9.1 7.1 9.1 L13 SEE NOTE 5 8.1 9.1 9.1
DB-G6-UPS DB-G6 17.1
9.1

E E E
9.1

7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 SEE NOTE 2


DB-G6
9.1 9.1 4 9.1 9.1 9.1
5
DBS9 DBS8 DBS7 DBS6 DBS5 DBS4 DBS3 DBS2 6 8.1
17.1

22.1
L4
8.1 DB-G1

7.1 LL1 9.1 9.1 9.1


7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1
DB-G2 E
L2 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 17.1 LL1 SL1
DB-G3 DB-G1 DB-G1
9.1 9.1 9.1
9.1

E L1
DBS9
L1
DBS8
L1
DBS7
L1
DBS6
L1
DBS5
L1
DBS4
L1
DBS3
L1
DBS2
L1 123 E
E DBS1 15.1 SEE NOTE 7 17.115.1
DBS1 SEE NOTE 7 DB-G1 9.1 9.1
7.1
SEE NOTE 1
DB-G2 DB-G1-UPS
1 17.1 17.1 17.1 9.1 9.1
L1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1 10.1
ELC-0502 10.1 E
DB-G3 DB-G2-UPS
L1
DB-G2

2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
2.6
2.6 2.6

2
ELC-0502

E E
L1
E DB-G5
E E E E E
E E
F F
10.1

E E
9.1 7.1 9.1
7.1 DB-G5
DB-G4

10.1
L1
DB-G4 DB-KITCEN
E 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 E 9.1 L2
9.1
DB-G5 7.1
L2
DB-G4
9.1 9.1 9.1 10.1 10.1
9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 L3
DB-G5
9.1 9.1 L3
E
DB-G4
E 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1
2.1 E 2.1
E 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 L4
DB-G5
2.1 2.1 E 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1
9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 E

9.1

9.1
L5
2.1 2.1 DB-G5

9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1


G 2.1 2.1 9.1
G
9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1

L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 L11 L12 L13 L14


DB-G2 DB-G2 DB-G2 DB-G2 DB-G2 DB-G2 DB-G2 DB-G2 DB-G2 DB-G2 DB-G2 DB-G2 DB-G2

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

LIGHTING LAYOUT - LEVEL 01


1 : 100

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS REVISIONS PROJECT NAME PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
2
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC
REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
3 2018/06/05 ALL LIGHT SWITCHES AND SENSORS REVICED LC
J. TEESSEN DATE SCALE SHEET REV
4
5
2018/07/13
2018/08/22
CIRCUIT NUMBERING REVICED
LIGHTING REVISED
LC
LC
TITLE
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/08/22 As indicated 5
A0
LIGHTING LAYOUT LEVEL 01 2018/08/22 J. TEESSEN DWG NO
SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0201
L. LOUW
NOTES: LIGHTING LEGEND
ICON DESCRIPTION LIGHT NO. DESCRIPTION
1. SWITCHES 1,2 AND 3 SWITCHES LIGHT CIRCUITS L18, L21, L24 - L19, L22, L25 - AND L20, L23, L26 VIA CONTACTOR IN DB2G.
2. SWITCHES 4,5 AND 6 SWITCHES LIGHT CIRCUITS L1, L4, L7, L10, L13, L16 - L2, L5, L8, L11, L14, L31 - AND L3, L6, L9, L12, L15, E EMERGENCY BATTERY BACK-UP 1.1 LED SUSPENDED STRIPLIGHT, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
L32 VIA CONTACTOR IN DB2G.
REGENT BOARD LINEAR MINI 100mm 4000k, 2.4W @700mA -
MOTION SENSORS 2.1
3. CIRCUITS: L3-L15 AND L22-L27 SWITCH VIA CONTACTORS IN DB4G. RECESSED, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
4. CIRCUITS: L1, L2, L22-L25 SWITCH VIA CONTACTORS IN DB4G. REGENT LIGHTING SOLUTIONS S-LINE 50W 90 DEGREE, OR
LIGHT SWITCH 3.1 SIMILIAR APPROVED
5. SWITCH T VIA CONTACTOR SWITCH CIRCUITS L2 - L13 OF DB-G6.
6. WHERE THERE IS NO SWITCH/MOTION SENSOR - LIGHT CIRCUIT CONNECTED DIRECTLY TO DB CIRCUIT BREAKER. LIGHT SWITCH - DIMMABLE 4.1 REGENT BOARD LINEAR 27 490mm 4000k, 24W, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
D
7. FOR LIFT LIGHTING CIRCUITS REFER TO DRAWING: P0003-05-TB-ELC-0503. REGENT Y103 PEROX ELUX 110 18W 4000k, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED REGENT 1218 LUXON 600x1200mm LED PANEL LIGHT 40W, OR
17.1 7.1 SIMILIAR APPROVED
LED DOWNLIGHT (1X, 1110lm, 12W, 4000), MOUNTED AGAINST P9000
20.1 MOUNTED TO ROOF STRUCTURE, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED 8.1 REGENT 1253 ORBIT 300mm LED 4000k, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED

BEACON EMERGENCY WARNING LIGHT MOUNTED TO ROOF REGENT Y102 PEROX ELUX 13W 4000k, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
21.1 9.1
STRUCTURE AS PER STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.
REGENT SOLO BULKHEAD COMPLETE WITH 10W LED 4000K - INCLUDES
22.1 10.1 REGENT LINEAR MINI 1500mm 35W 4000k, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED

15.1 REGENT F211 NIMBUS 33W 4000k, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

L11 L12 L13


DB-F1 DB-F1 DB-F1

17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 2
L5
ELC-0502
DB-F3 E
B B L1
4 DB-R-PR1
17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1
L14
DB-F1 F F
15.1

L15
DB-F1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1

15.1

15.1
L16
4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 DB-F1 L10
4.1 4.1 DB-F1
9.1 E
L17
4.1 4.1 DB-F1
4.1 4.1 L9
L1 E 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 4.1 4.1
4.1 9.1 DB-F1
DB-F3 4.1

15.1

15.1
4.1 L18 E L8
4.1 DB-F1 DB-F1
4.1 4.1
9.1 9.1 9.1
4.1 4.1 E 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1
9.1 9.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
L19
C 4.1 4.1 4.1
C

15.1

15.1
DB-F1
9.1 9.1 L7
DB-F1
4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
4.1 17.1
4.1 9.1 9.1
L6
4.1
9.1 9.1
4.1 4.1 DB-F1 G G
4.1 9.1

15.1

15.1
E E
4.1
L2 4.1 17.1 4.1 4.1
DB-F3 4.1 9.1
4.1 4.1 E
4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
DB-F3 17.1
L5
DB-F3-UPS DB-F1

7.1 7.1 7.1 E E


-3
17.1 10.1 10.1
ELC-0502

6
D L3
DB-F3
D
22.1 22.1 L4

22.1
DB-F1
E
9.1 9.1 9.1
HVAC PLANTROOM 01
7.1 9.1 9.1 9.1
7.1
E 1 : 100
22.1

E 8.1 9.1 9.1


9.1 9.1
10.1
7.1 7.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 E 9.1 7.1 9.1 9.1
7.1 E 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 8.1
E 9.1 L3
E
15.1

9.1 DB-F1
7.1
4.1 4.1
9.1
4.1 4.1 4.1
9.1 9.1 8.1
DB-IT 9.1 8.1 16
L4 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 L2

22.1
DB-F3 7.1 DB-F1
4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1
7.1 7.1 7.1 4.1 E 10.1
7.1 9.1 4.1 9.1 9.1
9.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 8.1 9.1 9.1 8.1
SL1 E
DB-G1 9.1 SL1
4.1 E
22.1

E 9.1 9.1 7.1 DB-G1


4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 9.1 9.1 9.1
9.1
E 7.1 E
E L1
4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 9.1 9.1
7.1
9.1 9.1 15.1 10.1 DB-R-PR-2
9.1
7.1 7.1 DB-F2-E 7.1 E
9.1 9.1 9.1
7.1
7.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 DB-F2-UPS DB-F1-E F F
L1
DB-F1

15.1

15.1
L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 L11 L12 L13
DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2 DB-F2
2

15.1

15.1
ELC-0502

L1
DB-F4 L21
DB-R2

F F
10.1
10.1

15.1

15.1
DB-F5
DB-F4 E 9.1 E 9.1
7.1

10.1
DB-R-PR1 L1
1.1
L2
DB-F4
9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1
DB-F5
7.1 9.1 G G

15.1

15.1
1.1 7.1
L3 L5
DB-F4 DB-F5
9.1

9.1 9.1 1.1 9.1 7.1


E 9.1 9.1 9.1 E L2
DB-F5
1.1
E E
9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1
4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 L3

10.1
DB-F5
E E
4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1
1.1 9.1 9.1
L4
4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 DB-F5
L4 4.1 E 4.1 4.1
DB-F4
E 16
G 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 G
4.1 4.1 4.1
4.1 HVAC PLANTROOM 02
1 : 100

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

LIGHTING LAYOUT - LEVEL 02


1 : 100

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS REVISIONS PROJECT NAME PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC
REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/06/05 ALL LIGHT SWITCHES AND SENSORS REVISED LC
J. TEESSEN DATE SCALE SHEET REV
2 2018/07/13 CIRCUITING REVISED AND NEW PLANTROOM
LIGHTING LAYOUT ADDED
LC
TITLE
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/07 As indicated 4
A0
3 2018/08/24 CIRCUITING REVISED AND NEW PLANTROOM LC LIGHTING LAYOUT LEVEL 02 2018/09/07 J. TEESSEN DWG NO
4 2018/09/07 LIGHTING REVISED LC SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0202
L. LOUW
NOTES: LIGHTING LEGEND
ICON DESCRIPTION LIGHT NO. DESCRIPTION
1. SWITCHES 1,2 AND 3 SWITCHES LIGHT CIRCUITS L18, L21, L24 - L19, L22, L25 - AND L20, L23, L26 VIA CONTACTOR IN DB2G.
2. SWITCHES 4,5 AND 6 SWITCHES LIGHT CIRCUITS L1, L4, L7, L10, L13, L16 - L2, L5, L8, L11, L14, L31 - AND L3, L6, L9, L12, L15, E EMERGENCY BATTERY BACK-UP 1.1 LED SUSPENDED STRIPLIGHT, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
L32 VIA CONTACTOR IN DB2G.
REGENT BOARD LINEAR MINI 100mm 4000k, 2.4W @700mA -
MOTION SENSORS 2.1
3. CIRCUITS: L3-L15 AND L22-L27 SWITCH VIA CONTACTORS IN DB4G. RECESSED, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
4. CIRCUITS: L1, L2, L22-L25 SWITCH VIA CONTACTORS IN DB4G. REGENT LIGHTING SOLUTIONS S-LINE 50W 90 DEGREE, OR
LIGHT SWITCH 3.1 SIMILIAR APPROVED
5. SWITCH T VIA CONTACTOR SWITCH CIRCUITS L2 - L13 OF DB-G6.
REGENT 1218 LUXON 300x1200mm LED PANEL LIGHT 40W, OR
6. WHERE THERE IS NO SWITCH/MOTION SENSOR - LIGHT CIRCUIT CONNECTED DIRECTLY TO DB CIRCUIT BREAKER. LIGHT SWITCH - DIMMABLE 7.1 SIMILIAR APPROVED
D
7. FOR LIFT LIGHTING CIRCUITS REFER TO DRAWING: P0003-05-TB-ELC-0503. 17.1 REGENT Y103 PEROX ELUX 110 18W 4000k, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED 8.1 REGENT 1253 ORBIT 300mm LED 4000k, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED

LED DOWNLIGHT (1X, 1110lm, 12W, 4000), MOUNTED AGAINST P9000 REGENT Y102 PEROX ELUX 13W 4000k, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
20.1 9.1
MOUNTED TO ROOF STRUCTURE, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
BEACON EMERGENCY WARNING LIGHT MOUNTED TO ROOF
21.1 10.1 REGENT LINEAR MINI 1500mm 35W 4000k, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
STRUCTURE AS PER STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.
REGENT SOLO BULKHEAD COMPLETE WITH 10W LED 4000K - INCLUDES
2 22.1 15.1 REGENT F211 NIMBUS 33W 4000k, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED
EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP, OR SIMILIAR APPROVED

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

L5 L4 L3 L2 L1 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L2 L7 L3 L4
DB-R2 DB-R2 DB-R2 L7 L9 L1
DB-R4 DB-R4 DB-R4 DB-R4 DB-R4 DB-R2 DB-R2 DB-R2 DB-R1 DB-R1 DB-R3 DB-R3
DB-R2 DB-R2 DB-R3
L8 L3 L4 L5 L6
DB-R2 L1 DB-R1 L8 L2 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
DB-R1 DB-R1 DB-R1 DB-R1 DB-R1 DB-R3 DB-R3 DB-R3 DB-R3 DB-R3 DB-R3 DB-R3 DB-R5 DB-R5 DB-R5 DB-R5 DB-R5

21.1 21.1 21.1


A A

9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 20.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 20.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 20.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 20.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1

3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1

EML1
DB-F1-E 20.1 20.1 20.1 20.1
9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1
3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
B 3.1
B

3.1 20.1 3.1 20.1 3.1 20.1 3.1 20.1 3.1


9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1

3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1


2.1 20.1 20.1 20.1 2.1 20.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 L6
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1
2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
DB-R5
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 20.1 2.1 2.1 20.1 2.1 2.1 20.1 2.1 2.1 20.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
20.1 20.1 20.1 2.1 20.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
C L6
DB-R4
C
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 20.1 2.1 20.1 2.1 2.1 20.1 2.1 20.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.12.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.12.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 L7
L7 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 DB-R5
DB-R4
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 20.1 2.1 2.1 20.1 2.1 2.1 20.1 2.1 2.1 20.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.12.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1
2.1
3.1 20.1 20.1 3.1 20.1 20.1 3.1
3.1 3.1
9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1

L9
3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 L8
DB-R4 20.1 20.1 20.1 20.1 DB-R5

D 9.1
D
9.1 9.1 3.1 9.1 9.1 3.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 3.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 3.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 3.1 9.1 9.1
9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1

L8 20.1 20.1 20.1 20.1


DB-R4 L9
3.1 DB-R5
L10
3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
DB-R4
9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1
21.1
3.1 20.1 3.1 20.1 3.1 20.1 3.1 20.1 3.1
L11 21.1
DB-R4
L10
3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 DB-R5
9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1
20.1 9.1 9.1 20.1 20.1 9.1 9.1 20.1

3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1


L11
DB-R5
9.1 20.1 20.1 20.1 20.1
9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1
E 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 E
L12
DB-R5
3.1 20.1 20.1 20.1 20.1
3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1
L12
DB-R4
3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
20.1 20.1 20.1 2.1 20.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 L13
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 DB-R5
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
L13 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
DB-R4 2.1 20.1 2.1 20.1 2.1 2.1 20.1 2.1 20.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
L14 2.1 2.1 20.1 2.1 20.1 20.1 2.1 20.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 DB-R3 2.1 2.1 2.1
DB-R4
F DB-R4
DB-R2 F
L15 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
DB-R4 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 DB-R1 2.1 2.1 2.1 DB-R5 L14
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
20.1 2.1 2.1 20.1 2.1 2.1 20.1 2.1 2.1 20.1 2.1 DB-R5
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 20.1 2.1 2.1 20.1 2.1 20.1 2.1 20.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
L16 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
DB-R4 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
20.1 20.1 20.1 20.1
3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1

3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1


20.1 20.1 20.1 20.1

G G

L19 L13 L11 L20 L18


DB-R4 DB-R2 DB-R2 DB-R1 DB-R1
L17 L18 L20 L20 L19 L18 L17 L16 L15 L14 L12 L10 L19 L17 L16 L15 L13 L11 L9 L19 L18 L17 L16 L15 L14 L13 L11 L18 L17 L16 L15
DB-R4 DB-R4 DB-R1 DB-R2 DB-R2 DB-R2 DB-R2 DB-R2 DB-R2 DB-R2 DB-R2 DB-R2 DB-R1 DB-R1 DB-R1 DB-R1 DB-R1 DB-R1 DB-R1 DB-R1 DB-R3 DB-R3 DB-R3 DB-R1 DB-R3 DB-R3 DB-R3 DB-R5 DB-R5 DB-R5 DB-R5
L14 L12 L10 L20 L12
DB-R1 DB-R1 DB-R1 DB-R3 DB-R3

21.1 21.1 21.1

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

LIGHTING LAYOUT - ROOF PLAN


1 : 100

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS REVISIONS PROJECT NAME PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC
REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 BEACON WARNING LIGHTS ADDED LC
J. TEESSEN DATE SCALE SHEET REV
2 2018/08/22 LIGHTING REVISED LC
TITLE
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/08/22 As indicated 2
A0
LIGHTING LAYOUT ROOF PLAN 2018/08/22 J. TEESSEN DWG NO
SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0203
L. LOUW
NOTES: SLEEVES/CONDUITS/FLOOR DUCTING LEGEND
1. RED PLUGS TO BE DEDICATED PLUGS. ICON DESCRIPTION
2. MULTIPLE CONDUITS REQUIRED TO COMBINATION POINTS.
FLOORBOX: 2 x SSO, 2 x RED, 2 x EUR, 1 x TEL, 2 x DATA.
3. IT RACKS TO HAVE OWN UPS's. FB FLOORBOX TO BE FITTED INTO FLOOR DUCT.
4. UPS - MODULAR SYSTEM - POWER FROM ESSENTIAL POWER
FROM DB-G2 TO DB-G2-UPS, AND THEN FEED LEVEL 01 AND FLOORBOX: 2 x SSO, 2 x RED, 2 x EUR, 1 x TEL, 2 x DATA. FLOORBOX
FB TO BE FITTED DIRECTLY INTO SCREED CONNECTED WITH CONDUITS.
LEVEL 02 DB'S (DBEG, UPS SECTION AND DBEF, UPS SECTION)
5. UPS ROOM TO HAVE RADIO CONNECTIVITY. CABSTRUT FLOOR DUCT - 3UAA - 220 x 350mm DEEP, OR SIMILIAR
6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONDUITS APPROVED.
AND WIREWAYS, ELECTRICAL AND ALL ELECTRONIC SERVICES.
7. SLEEVES AND CONDUITS TO BE LOCATED IN THE MIDDLE OF THE SLEEVES IN FLOOR SLAB.
CONCRETE SLAB AND EXIT CLOSE TO THE MIDDLE OF COLUMNS
8. SLEEVES TO BE CAST INTO CONCRETE.
FLOORDUCTING AND CONDUITS TO BE CASTED INTO FLOOR SCREED. CONDUIT IN FLOOR SLAB.

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

B B

6 x 32mm 6 x 32mm CONDUIT


CONDUIT

2 x 50mm SLEEVES 2 x 50mm SLEEVES 2 x 50mm SLEEVES 2 x 50mm SLEEVES 2 x 50mm SLEEVES

DB-G6/1
C C
DB-G6/2
DB-G6/2-UPS GPU
FB FB 2 x 50mm SLEEVES UPS
DB-G6/1-UPS 2 x 50mm SLEEVES 2 x 50mm SLEEVES

DB-UPS DB-GPU

FB FB 2 x 50mm SLEEVES

DB-G3 2 x 32mm CONDUITS


DB-G3-UPS
FB FB

D D
3 x 32mm CONDUIT

FB FB FB FB

FB

FB

RISER
DB-G6
DB-G6-UPS
FB
DBS9 DBS8 DBS7 DBS6 DBS5 DBS4 DBS3 DBS2

3 x 32mm CONDUIT
FB

E E
DBS1 DB-G2 FB DB-G1
FB FB FB DB-G1-UPS
DB-G2-UPS
2 x 50mm SLEEVES
2 x 32mm CONDUITS

2 x 50mm SLEEVES
FB
2 x 32mm CONDUITS

2 x 50mm SLEEVES 2 x 50mm SLEEVES


2 x 50mm SLEEVES 2 x 50mm SLEEVES
E
2 x 50mm SLEEVES 2 x 50mm SLEEVES
ELC-0501 2 x 50mm SLEEVES
2 x 50mm SLEEVES
2 x 50mm SLEEVES F
ELC-0501
F F
DB-KITCEN
DB-G5
DB-G4

3 x 50mm SLEEVES 3 x 32mm CONDUITS


3 x 32mm CONDUITS
3 x 32mm CONDUITS

FB FB FB
G G

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

SLEEVES/CONDUITS AND DUCT LAYOUT - LEVEL 01


1 : 100

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS REVISIONS PROJECT NAME PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC
REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 SLEEVES ADDED AND REVISED LC DATE SCALE SHEET REV
J. TEESSEN
2
3
2018/07/17
2018/09/07
NOTES ADDED
SLEEVES AND CONDUITS REVISED
LC
LC
TITLE
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018-09-07 As indicated 3
A0
ELECTRICAL SLEEVES/CONDUITS AND DUCT LAYOUT - LEVEL 01 2018/09/07 J. TEESSEN DWG NO
SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0301
L. LOUW
NOTES: SLEEVES/CONDUITS/FLOOR DUCTING LEGEND
1. RED PLUGS TO BE DEDICATED PLUGS. ICON DESCRIPTION
2. MULTIPLE CONDUITS REQUIRED TO COMBINATION POINTS.
FLOORBOX: 2 x SSO, 2 x RED, 2 x EUR, 1 x TEL, 2 x DATA.
3. IT RACKS TO HAVE OWN UPS's. FB FLOORBOX TO BE FITTED INTO FLOOR DUCT.
4. UPS - MODULAR SYSTEM - POWER FROM ESSENTIAL POWER
FROM DB-G2 TO DB-G2-UPS, AND THEN FEED LEVEL 01 AND FLOORBOX: 2 x SSO, 2 x RED, 2 x EUR, 1 x TEL, 2 x DATA. FLOORBOX
FB TO BE FITTED DIRECTLY INTO SCREED CONNECTED WITH CONDUITS.
LEVEL 02 DB'S (DBEG, UPS SECTION AND DBEF, UPS SECTION)
5. UPS ROOM TO HAVE RADIO CONNECTIVITY. CABSTRUT FLOOR DUCT - 3UAA - 220 x 350mm DEEP, OR SIMILIAR
6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONDUITS APPROVED.
AND WIREWAYS, ELECTRICAL AND ALL ELECTRONIC SERVICES.
7. SLEEVES AND CONDUITS TO BE LOCATED IN THE MIDDLE OF THE SLEEVES IN FLOOR SLAB.
CONCRETE SLAB AND EXIT CLOSE TO THE MIDDLE OF COLUMNS
8. SLEEVES TO BE CAST INTO CONCRETE.
FLOORDUCTING AND CONDUITS TO BE CASTED INTO FLOOR SCREED. CONDUIT IN FLOOR SLAB.

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

A A

3 x 32mm
CONDUIT
B B

FB FB

6 x 32mm CONDUIT
6 x 32mm CONDUIT

6 x 32mm CONDUIT

2 x 50mm SLEEVES 2 x 50mm SLEEVES 2 x 50mm SLEEVES


2 x 50mm SLEEVES

C C

2 x 50mm SLEEVES 2 x 50mm SLEEVES 2 x 50mm SLEEVES

FB FB
6 x 32mm CONDUIT
3 x 32mm CONDUIT
2 x 50mm SLEEVES

FB FB 2 x 50mm SLEEVES
2 x 50mm SLEEVES
DB-F3 6 x 32mm CONDUIT
DB-F3-UPS
3 x 32mm CONDUIT

FB FB
6 x 32mm CONDUIT
D 3 x 32mm CONDUIT
D
6 x 32mm CONDUIT
2 x 32mm CONDUIT
FB FB

FB FB
3 x 32mm CONDUIT RISER
DB-IT
3 x 32mm CONDUIT
RISER RISER 2 x 50mm SLEEVES

FB FB FB
FB FB

2 x 32mm CONDUIT

E FB FB E
FB DB-F2 DB-F1
DB-F2-E DB-F1-E
DB-F2-UPS
2 x 32mm CONDUIT

FB
2 x 32mm CONDUIT 2 x 50mm SLEEVES
2 x 32mm CONDUIT
2 x 50mm SLEEVES
E
ELC-0501 2 x 50mm SLEEVES 2 x 50mm SLEEVES
2 x 50mm SLEEVES
2 x 50mm SLEEVES
2 x 50mm SLEEVES 2 x 50mm SLEEVES
F
ELC-0501
F F
DB-F4
DB-F5

G G

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

SLEEVES/CONDUITS AND DUCT LAYOUT - LEVEL 02


1 : 100

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS REVISIONS PROJECT NAME PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC
REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN LC
J. TEESSEN DATE SCALE SHEET REV
2
3
2018/07/17
2018/09/07
NOTE ADDED
SLEEVES AND CONDUITS REVISED
LC
LC
TITLE
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/07 As indicated 3
A0
ELECTRICAL SLEEVES/CONDUITS AND DUCT LAYOUT - LEVEL 02 2018/09/07 J. TEESSEN DWG NO
SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0302
L. LOUW
WIREWAY LEGEND
CABLE LADDER - 600mm
CABLE LADDER - 2 x 600mm INSTALLED ON TOP OF EACH OTHER
P9000 WIRING DUCT
WIRE MESH - 2 x 150mm
WIRE MESH - 4 x 150mm

NOTES:
1. UP/DOWN CABLE LADDER IN ALL SHAFTS (ELECTRICAL).
2. UP/DOWN WIRE BASKET IN ALL SHAFTS (ELECTRONIC).
3. REFERING TO THE BAGGAGE HANDLING AREA: SMOKE DETECTION
AND LIGHTING POINTS TO BE CAST INTO SLAB WITH OUTLETS TO
CLOSET P9000 OR WIRE BASKET.
4. KITCHEN LAYOUT AS PER TENANT.

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

A A

B B

C DB-G6/2
C
DB-G6/1
DB-G6/1-UPS DB-G6/2-UPS

DB-G3
DB-G3-UPS

D D
A
ELC-0501

DB-G6-UPS
DB-G6

DBS9 DBS8 DBS7 DBS6 DBS5 DBS4 DBS3 DBS2


C
ELC-0501

E DBS1
E
DB-G2 DB-G1
DB-G2-UPS DB-G1-UPS
B
ELC-0501

E
ELC-0501

D
ELC-0501

F
ELC-0501
F F
DB-G4 DB-G5

DB-KITCEN

G G

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

WIREWAY LAYOUT - LEVEL 01


1 : 100

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS REVISIONS PROJECT NAME PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
2
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC
REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
3 2018/07/13 WIREWAYS REVISED LC
J. TEESSEN DATE SCALE SHEET REV
TITLE
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/07/13 As indicated 3
A0
WIREWAY LAYOUT - LEVEL 01 2018/07/13 J. TEESSEN DWG NO
SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0401
L. LOUW
WIREWAY LEGEND
CABLE LADDER - 600mm
CABLE LADDER - 2 x 600mm INSTALLED ON TOP OF EACH OTHER
P9000 WIRING DUCT
WIRE MESH - 2 x 150mm
WIRE MESH - 4 x 150mm
NOTES:
1. UP/DOWN CABLE LADDER IN ALL SHAFTS (ELECTRICAL).
2. UP/DOWN WIRE BASKET IN ALL SHAFTS (ELECTRONIC).
3. REFERING TO THE BAGGAGE HANDLING AREA: SMOKE DETECTION
AND LIGHTING POINTS TO BE CAST INTO SLAB WITH OUTLETS TO
CLOSET P9000 OR WIRE BASKET.
4. KITCHEN LAYOUT AS PER TENANT.

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

B B

C C

DB-F3
DB-F3-UPS

D D
A
ELC-0501

250

DB-IT

250
C
ELC-0501

E E
DB-F2
DB-F1
DB-F2-E
DB-F1-E
DB-F2-UPS
B
ELC-0501

E
ELC-0501

D
ELC-0501

F
ELC-0501
F F
DB-F4 DB-F5

G G

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

WIREWAY LAYOUT - LEVEL 02


1 : 100

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS REVISIONS PROJECT NAME PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
2
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC
REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
3 2018/07/13 ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN LC
J. TEESSEN DATE SCALE SHEET REV
TITLE
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/07/13 As indicated 3
A0
WIREWAY LAYOUT LEVEL 02 2018/07/13 J. TEESSEN DWG NO
SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0402
L. LOUW
WIREWAY LEGEND
CABLE LADDER - 600mm
CABLE LADDER - 2 x 600mm INSTALLED ON TOP OF EACH OTHER
P9000 WIRING DUCT
WIRE MESH - 2 x 150mm
WIRE MESH - 4 x 150mm
NOTES:
1. UP/DOWN CABLE LADDER IN ALL SHAFTS (ELECTRICAL).
2. UP/DOWN WIRE BASKET IN ALL SHAFTS (ELECTRONIC).
3. REFERING TO THE BAGGAGE HANDLING AREA: SMOKE DETECTION
AND LIGHTING POINTS TO BE CAST INTO SLAB WITH OUTLETS TO
CLOSET P9000 OR WIRE BASKET.
4. KITCHEN LAYOUT AS PER TENANT.

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

B B

C C

D D

E E

E
ELC-0501

D
ELC-0501

F
ELC-0501 DB-R1
F F
DB-R-PR1
DB-R4 DB-R2 DB-R3 DB-R5 DB-R-PR-2

G G

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

WIREWAY LAYOUT - ROOF PLAN


1 : 100

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS REVISIONS PROJECT NAME PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC
REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/06/XX ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN LC
J. TEESSEN DATE SCALE SHEET REV
TITLE
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/05/31 As indicated 1
A0
WIREWAY LAYOUT ROOF PLAN 2018/05/31 J. TEESSEN DWG NO
SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0403
L. LOUW
F

SERVICE SHAFT SECTIONS SERVICE SHAFT 3D VIEW


332658
Truss Level S

Phase 3 Truss Level


330258
329558
Parapet Wall Level S
D Plant Roof Level
329258
S

327858 327858
Mezzanine TOC S MEZZANINE Mezzanine TOC S MEZZANINE
327858 327858
327858
Mezzanine TOC S MEZZANINE
327858
326258 326258 326258
Plant Level TOC S Plant Level TOC S Plant Level TOC S

326258
Plant Level TOC S

DB-F3 DB-F1-E DB-F1


DB-F3-UPS

323058 323058 323058


Level 02 TOC S 001 - LEVEL 2 Level 02 TOC S Level 02 TOC S

323058
OLS Surface Origin Level OLS Surface Origin Level OLS Surface Origin Level
322670 322670 322670 323058
Level 02 TOC S

OLS Surface Origin Level


322670

DB-G3-UPS DB-G3
DB-G1-UPS DB-G1

318258 318258 318258


Level_01 TOC S 000 - LEVEL1 Level_01 TOC S Level_01 TOC S
317858 317858
318258 Foundation TOC S Foundation TOC S

318258
Level_01 TOC S
317858
Foundation TOC S

A-A B-B C-C D-D 3D OF SECTION B-B


1 : 50 1 : 50 1 : 50 1 : 50

F
SERVICE COLUMN FLOOR PLAN SERVICE COLUMN SECTIONS ELC-0501 E
ELC-0501

001 - TOP OF ROOF


333358
332658
Truss Level S

7
E
ELC-0501

Phase 3 Truss Level JUNCTION BOX Phase 3 Truss Level


330258 330258
329558 329558
Parapet Wall Level S Parapet Wall Level S
329258 329258
Plant Roof Level S Plant Roof Level S

327858 327858
F Mezzanine TOC S MEZZANINE Mezzanine TOC S MEZZANINE
ELC-0501 327858 327858

F F
326258 326258
Plant Level TOC S Plant Level TOC S

JUNCTION BOX

7 Level 02 TOC
323058
S Level 02 TOC
323058
S

OLS Surface Origin Level OLS Surface Origin Level


322670 322670

JUNCTION BOX

318258 318258
Level_01 TOC S Level_01 TOC S
317858 317858
Foundation TOC S Foundation TOC S

SLEEVES/CONDUITS AND WIREWAY IN STRUCTURAL COLUMN E-E F-F


1 : 25 1 : 50 1 : 50

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS REVISIONS PROJECT NAME PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC
REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 SECTIONS AND 3D VIEW ADDED LC DATE SCALE SHEET REV
J. TEESSEN
2 2018/09/07 SLEEVES AND CONDUITS REVISED LC
TITLE
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/07 As indicated 2
A0
WIREWAY SECTIONS AND DETAILS 2018/09/07 J. TEESSEN DWG NO
SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0501
L. LOUW
F G

327858
Mezzanine TOC S MEZZANINE
327858 F G

326258
Plant Level TOC S

Phase 3 Truss Level


330258
329558
Parapet Wall Level S

327858
Mezzanine TOC S MEZZANINE
323058
Level 02 TOC S 327858

OLS Surface Origin Level


322670

326258
Plant Level TOC S

323058
Level 02 TOC S
318258
Level_01 TOC S OLS Surface Origin Level
317858
322670
Foundation TOC S

LEVEL 01 PASSAGE LIGHTING SECTION 1-1 PLANTROOM LIGHTING SECTION 2-2 ROOF LIGHTING 3D
1 : 50 1 : 50

Phase 3 Truss Level


330258
329558
Parapet Wall Level S

327858
Mezzanine TOC S MEZZANINE
327858

326258
Plant Level TOC S

LIGHTS TO BE CONNECTED ON SAME CIRCUIT

323058
Level 02 TOC S

OLS Surface Origin Level


322670

318258
Level_01 TOC S
317858
Foundation TOC S

EMERGENCY STAIRCASE LIGHTING SECTION 3-3 EMERGENCY STAIRCASE LIGHTING 3D


1 : 50

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS REVISIONS PROJECT NAME PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC
REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:

Designer DATE SCALE SHEET REV


TITLE
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018-07-13 1 : 50 0
A0
LIGHTING SECTIONS AND DETAILS 2018/07/13 Checker DWG NO
SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0502
Approver
8 9 10

F F

12
C
ELC-0503

B
ELC-0503

E 15.1
E
A
ELC-0503
DB-G2

G G

12

8 9 10

PLAN VIEW FOR ELEVATOR LIFT 3D DETAIL


1 : 50 PLAN VIEW FOR ELEVATOR 9 10
1 : 50
12
E

323058
Level_02 TOC S
3-PHASE ISOLATOR
OLS Surface Origin Level
Phase 3 Truss Level Phase 3 Truss Level 322670
330258 330258

329458 329458
Parapet Wall Level S Parapet Wall Level S

SHAFT LIGHT

327858 327858
Mezzanine TOC S Mezzanine TOC S

326258 326258
Plant Level TOC S Plant Level TOC S 318258
Level_01 TOC S
317858
Foundation TOC S
144

SHAFT LIGHT

323058 323058
Level_02 TOC S Level_02 TOC S

OLS Surface Origin Level OLS Surface Origin Level


322670 322670

ESCALATOR SECTION C-C


1 : 50

SHAFT LIGHT

DOUBLE SOCKET OUTLET


HIGH WATER ALARM

318258 318258 WIRE TO CONNECT


Level_01 TOC S Level_01 TOC S
HIGH WATER ALARM
317858 317858 FLOAT SWITCH WITH
Foundation TOC S Foundation TOC S
THE HIGH WATER
ALARM
SHAFT LIGHT
PIPING TYPE AND
INSTALLATION
SLOPED DONE BY OTHERS
FLOOR FOR
WATER
DRAINAGE HIGH WATER
ALARM FLOAT
SUMP PUMP PIT. SWITCH
900

REFER TO STRUCTURAL
DRAWINGS
SUMP PUMP

700

LIFT SECTION A-A LIFT SECTION B-B ESCALATOR 3D DETAIL


1 : 50 1 : 50

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS REVISIONS PROJECT NAME PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:
NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC
REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:

J. TEESSEN DATE SCALE SHEET REV


TITLE
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/05/31 1 : 50
A0
LIFT AND ESCALATOR SECTIONS AND DETAILS 2018/05/31 J. TEESSEN DWG NO
SIGNATURE APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05- ELC-0503
L. LOUW
SEE SHEET P0003-TB-05-ELC-0623 FOR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

LEGEND:
UTILITY SUPPLY GENERATOR ROOM

UTILITY UTILITY
SUPPLY 1 SUPPLY 2 GENERATOR 1 GENERATOR 2 GENERATOR 3

3 MINIATURE CIRCUIT
BREAKER
(2,5kA + 5kA)
630A

M
MOULDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKER
M

T=DENOTES BUSBAR
TAPP OFF UNIT
G
AIR CIRCUIT
BUSBAR

DB-UTILITY
315kVA
GEN - 1

630A BREAKER OR H.V.


CIRCUIT BREAKER

Cu- 40m / BCEW- 40m


MV ROOM
DB-MAIN BUSBAR BUSBAR

1200A
DB-UTILITY 20kA 4 UPS TO BE =
SPECIFIED
BATTERY ISOLATOR

125A
900A 900A 250A 250A 250A 250A 250A 630A 630A
WITH REVERSE 250A
2500A
M FEED PROTECTION
FUTURE FUTURE ILS
SUPPLY DB-MAIN NORMAL M M M
SUPPLY 40kA DB-MAIN ESSENTIAL 40kA DB-MAIN UPS 40kA
6kA

FUSE SWITCH

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
150A 400A 630A 150A 100A 125A 400A 150A 300A 300A 630A 630A 60A 80A 60A 60A 60A 60A 150A 20A 20A 100A 250A 60A 60A 60A 40A 40A 125A 20A 20A
40A 25A 25A 80A

40A
E/L
TERMINAL BUILDING
SUB STATION
SPARE SPACE

Cu- 105m / BCEW- 105m

Cu- 105m / BCEW- 105m


Cu- 125m / BCEW- 125m

Cu- 105m / BCEW- 105m


Cu- 20m / BCEW- 20m
Cu- 80m / BCEW- 80m
Cu- 95m / BCEW- 95m

Cu- 16m / BCEW- 16m

Cu- 57m / BCEW- 57m

Cu- 44m / BCEW- 44m

Cu- 46m / BCEW- 46m

Cu- 44m / BCEW- 44m

Cu- 95m / BCEW- 95m

Cu- 60m / BCEW- 60m

Cu- 57m / BCEW- 57m

Cu- 44m / BCEW- 44m

Cu- 30m / BCEW- 30m

Cu- 46m / BCEW- 46m

Cu- 44m / BCEW- 44m

Cu- 59m / BCEW- 59m

Cu- 60m / BCEW- 60m

Cu- 57m / BCEW- 57m


Cu-20m / BCEW- 20m

Cu-46m / BCEW- 46m

Cu-44m / BCEW- 44m


25A 25A

x2 x2 x10 x6

OP1 to OP2 OL1 to OL2 A/C 1 A/C 2


FUTURE
SUPPLY 5 2 12 3 6 8 4 5 4 12 2 8 8 7 7 8 8 6 8 9 9 8 8 9 8
EARTHING

PUMP1

PUMP2

PUMP3

PUMP3

PUMP4
CONNECTION

PLANT ROOM 2
PLANT ROOM 1

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
LIGHTS
PLUGS

DB-G-5 /UPS

DB-G-6 /UPS
DB-G-1 /UPS

DB-G-2 /UPS

DB-G-3 /UPS

DB-G-4 /UPS
SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

PFC PANEL
DB-KIOSK

DB-G-1/E

DB-G-2/E
BUILDING

DB-G-3/E

DB-G-4/E

DB-G-5/E

DB-G-6/E
EXISTING

DB-GPU

DB-UPS
DB-G-1

DB-G-2

DB-IT/E
STEEL

DB-G-3

DB-G-4

DB-G-5

DB-G-6
STEEL

DB-IT
BARRIER BARRIER

TS TIME SWITCH

FS FIREMANS SWITCH

FI FIRE INTERFACE

PC PHOTOCELL

KS KEY SWITCH

MS MASTER SWITCH
DB-KIOSK DB-G-1 FED FROM DB-MAIN WITH FED FROM FED FROM DB-MAIN/ UPS WITH
DB-G-2 FED FROM DB-MAIN WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN/E WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN UPS WITH
DB-G-3 FED FROM DB-MAIN WITH
FED FROM DB-MAIN /E WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN/ UPS WITH
DB-G-4 FED FROM DB-MAIN WITH
FED FROM DB-MAIN /E WITH
FED FROM DB-MAIN /UPS WITH
SS STOP/START SWITCH
2 x 95 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE DB-MAIN/E 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 3 x 70mmØ 4 CORE SWA PVC XLPE CABLE 1x 25mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 95mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 25mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 50mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 25mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
1x 35mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 35mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
WITH 1 x 25 mmØ

AMMETER
4 CORE CABLE
A
400A

160A

100A
100A

630A
60A

60A

80A

80A

60A

60A

40A
60A
DB-KIOSK 6kA DB-G-1 NORMAL 24kA DB-G-1/E 6kA DB-G-1 /UPS 6kA DB-G-2 NORMAL 24kA DB-G-2 /E 10kA DB-G-2 /UPS 6kA DB-G-3 NORMAL 10kA DB-G-3 /E 6kA DB-G-3 /UPS 6kA DB-G-4 NORMAL 6kA DB-G-4 /E 6kA DB-G-4 /UPS 6kA M METER

CONTACTOR

160A

125A
C

125A
Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
20A

80A
20A 40A 40A

160A

120A

100A
60A 40A 100A 10A 16A 16A 40A 16A 16A 16A 20A 20A 40A 20A 20A 40A 20A 20A 60A 20A 20A 40A 20A 20A 60A 60A 20A 20A 20A 40A 40A 16A 16A 20A 32A 20A 20A 20A 20A 40A 20A 20A 60A 16A 16A 40A 32A 20A 20A 20A 20A 40A 20A 20A

32A

32A
80A 20A 20A

M M

40A

40A

63A
5kA 6kA 6kA 6kA
R RELAY
60A

E/L E/L E/L

25A 25A 25A 25A E/L 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A 10A 60A 60A 20A 20A 20A 20A

V VOLTMETER

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A
60A

60A
Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m


M M M M M M M M M M

SLOW CURVE
SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE
E/L E/L
20A

20A

BPS
BYPASS SWITCH

20A

20A

20A

20A
Cu- 30m / BCEW- 30m

Cu- 30m / BCEW- 30m

Cu- 35m / BCEW- 35m

Cu- 40m / BCEW- 40m

Cu- 45m / BCEW- 45m

Cu- 50m / BCEW- 50m

Cu- 55m / BCEW- 55m

Cu- 60m / BCEW- 60m

Cu- 65m / BCEW- 65m

Cu- 60m / BCEW- 60m

Cu- 45m / BCEW- 45m

Cu- 65m / BCEW- 65m

Cu- 65m / BCEW- 65m

Cu- 85m / BCEW- 85m

Cu- 85m / BCEW- 85m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m


8 9 9 9 9 7 10 9 7 x4 10 9
x3 x4

x5 x5 x5 x6 x2 x4 x10 x6 x5 x5 x9 x2 x8 x10 x6 x6 x10 x2 x13 x10 x2 E/L EARTH LEAKAGE


OL11 P1 to P6 P7 to P12
VOLTAGE PRESENCE
OL1 to OL5 OL6 to OL10 L1 to L4 P1 to P6 SN1 to SN2 P1 to P4 L1 to L10 L11 to L16 LL1 P1 to P5 P6 to P10 AC1 to AC9 SN1 to SN2 SN1 to SN8 UP1 to UP10 AC1 to AC10 G1 HD1 to HD2 L1 to L13 PD1 to PD10 L1 to L3 P1 to P4 G1 AC1 HD1 to HD4 PD1 to PD2

SIGNAGE
SUMP PUMP

STAIR LIGHTS

ESC 1

ESC 2
LIFT LIGHTS 1

LIFT LIGHTS 2

SUMP PUMP
STEEL STEEL STEEL STEEL STEEL STEEL
EXPANSION

EXPANSION

EXPANSION

EXPANSION
+1 SPARE FUTURE ONLY FUTURE ONLY
BARRIER BARRIER BARRIER BARRIER BARRIER
FUTURE

FUTURE

FUTURE

FUTURE
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 8 9 8 8 8 8 6 BARRIER

INDICATOR LIGHTS

LIGHTS - LIFT
LIGHTS

LIGHTS
PARKING

LIGHTS

LIGHTS

NORMAL

NORMAL
DB-F-1 / UPS

SUPPLY
DB-KITCHEN

PLUGS
AIRCON

SIGNAGE

SIGNAGE

DB-F-4 /UPS
SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

PLUGS

DB-F-2 /UPS
SITE

DB-F-3/UPS

GEYSER

DRYERS
SUPPLY
DEDICATED

UPS

SUPPLY
AIRCON
LIGHTS
LIGHTS

NORMAL
NORMAL

NORMAL
DB-SHOP 1

DB-SHOP 2

DB-SHOP 3

DB-SHOP 4

DB-SHOP 5

DB-SHOP 6

DB-SHOP 7

DB-SHOP 8

DB-SHOP 9

DEDICATED

DEDICATED
GEYSER
NORMAL

SIGNAGE

SUPPLY

DRYERS

LIGHTS

DB-F-3/E

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS
SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

PLUGS

PLUGS

HAND
PLUGS

SPARE
SPACE
DB-F-2 /E

DB-F-4 /E
HAND

PLUGS

PLUGS
PLUGS
DB-F-1/E

HVAC
STEEL STEEL

DB-R 1

DB-R 2

DB-R 3

DB-R 4

DB-R 5
DB-F-1

DB-F-3

DB-F-4
DB-F-2
BARRIER BARRIER

FUTURE ONLY
GROUND FLOOR

GROUND FLOOR
LEVEL 1

LEVEL 1
DB-G-5 DB-G-6
DB-S1 DB-S2 DB-S3 DB-S4 DB-S5
FED FROM DB-MAIN WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN /E WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN /UPS WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN /E WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN/ UPS WITH
1x 25mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 25mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 2 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 25mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 25mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH
1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE

125A

400A

125A
60A

40A

60A
DB-G-5 NORMAL 15kA DB-G-5 /E 6kA DB-G-5 /UPS 6kA DB-G-6 NORMAL 15kA DB-G-6 /E 6kA DB-G-6 /UPS 6kA
60A

60A

60A

60A

60A

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
DB-SHOP 1 DB-SHOP 2 DB-SHOP 3 DB-SHOP 4 DB-SHOP 5 80A 16A 16A 60A 20A 20A 20A 40A 40A 32A 20A 20A 20A 20A 40A 20A 20A 20A 20A 160A 80A 80A 20A 20A 20A 20A 40A 40A 20A 20A 32A

160A

160A
NORMAL 6kA NORMAL 6kA NORMAL 6kA NORMAL 6kA NORMAL 6kA

63A
6kA 6kA
Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
10A 10A 40A 16A 10A 10A 40A 16A 10A 10A 40A 16A 10A 10A 40A 16A 10A 10A 40A 16A
E/L
16A 16A 16A 16A 60A 20A 40A 40A 20A
60A

60A

60A

60A

60A

63A
20A

20A
E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L

E/L

SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE
Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 35m / BCEW- 35m

Cu- 45m / BCEW- 45m

Cu- 35m / BCEW- 35m

Cu- 45m / BCEW- 45m


20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A
7 x5 x6 x3 x3 10 9 x2 7 7 x10 x4 x6 x4 9 9 x2

L1 to L5 P1 to P6 G1 AC1 to AC3 HD1 to HD3 P1 to P2 L1 to L10 L11 to L14 P1 to P6 AC1 CNV1 to CNV4 PD1 to PD2

SIGNAGE
STEEL STEEL STEEL STEEL

EXPANSION

EXPANSION
BARRIER BARRIER BARRIER BARRIER

BELT SUPPLY
LIGHTS

LIGHTS

LIGHTS
FUTURE

FUTURE
NORMAL

GEYSER

DRYERS

DEDICATED

DEDICATED
SUPPLY

SUPPLY

SUPPLY
NORMAL
AIRCON

AIRCON
DB-F-5 /UPS
SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

CONVEYOR
L1 SPARE L1 SPARE L1 SPARE L1 SPARE L1 SPARE

PLUGS
HAND

DB-G-6-1 /UPS

DB-G-6-2 /UPS
SIGNAGE

SIGNAGE

SIGNAGE

SIGNAGE

SIGNAGE
FUTURE ONLY FUTURE ONLY

PLUGS

PLUGS
DB-G-6-1

DB-G-6-2
DB-F-5 /E
LIGHTS

LIGHTS

LIGHTS

LIGHTS

LIGHTS
NORMAL

NORMAL

NORMAL

NORMAL

NORMAL
SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

PLUGS

PLUGS

PLUGS

PLUGS

DB-F-5
FUTURE ONLY

DB-G-6-1 DB-G-6-2 DB-IT


DB-S6 DB-S7 DB-S8 DB-S9 DB-KITCHEN
FED FROM DB-G-6 WITH FED FROM DB-G-6/ UPS WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN/E WITH
1x 35mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 70mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 70mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH
1x 25 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE FED FROM DB-G-6 WITH
1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE FED FROM DB-G-6/UPS WITH
1x 35mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
1x 16mmØ 4 CORE CABLE

150A

150A
80A

80A
40A

40A
DB-G-6-1 NORMAL 6kA DB-G-6-1 /UPS 6kA DB-G-6-2 NORMAL 6kA DB-G-6-2 /UPS 6kA DB-IT 15kA DB-IT /E 15kA
60A

60A

60A

60A

80A

DB-SHOP 6 DB-SHOP 7 DB-SHOP 8 DB-SHOP 9 DB-KITCHEN

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
20A

20A

20A

20A
NORMAL 6kA NORMAL 6kA NORMAL 6kA NORMAL 6kA NORMAL 6kA 20A 16A 16A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 16A 16A 60A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 16A 16A 30A 30A 16A 16A 30A 30A 30A

20A

63A
Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

10A 10A 40A 16A 10A 10A 40A 16A 10A 10A 40A 16A 10A 10A 40A 16A 10A 10A 40A 16A

E/L E/L
60A

60A

60A

60A

60A

E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L

20A

20A

20A

20A
SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE
20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

x3 x2 x2 x4 x2 x9 x7 x12 x2 x3 x2 x2 x2 x2 x2

L1 to L3 P1 to P2 AC1 to AC4 PD1 to PD2 L1 to L9 P1 to P7 AC1 to AC12 PD1 to PD3 L1 & L2 P1 & P2 ISO1 & ISO2 L3 & L4 P3 & P4

UPS 1

UPS 2

UPS 3
FEED TO

FEED TO

FEED TO
SIGNAGE

SIGNAGE

LIGHTS

DEDICATED
STEEL STEEL STEEL

NORMAL

SUPPLY
AIRCON

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

LIGHTS

LIGHTS
NORMAL

NORMAL
L1 SPARE L1 SPARE L1 SPARE L1 SPARE L1 SPARE BARRIER BARRIER BARRIER

LIGHTS

PLUGS
DEDICATED

FEED
AIRCON
SIGNAGE

SIGNAGE

SIGNAGE

SIGNAGE

SIGNAGE

NORMAL

PLUGS

PLUGS
SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

ISO
PLUGS

PLUGS
LIGHTS

LIGHTS

LIGHTS

LIGHTS

LIGHTS
NORMAL

NORMAL

NORMAL

NORMAL

NORMAL
SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

PLUGS

PLUGS

PLUGS

PLUGS

DB-F-1 DB-F-2 DB-F-3 DB-F-4 DB-F-5


FED FROM DB-G-1 WITH FED FROM DB-G-1 /E WITH FED FROM DB-G-1/UPS WITH FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH FED FROM DB-G-2 /E WITH FED FROM DB-G-2 /UPS FED FROM DB-G-3 WITH FED FROM DB-G-3 /E WITH FED FROM DB-G-3/UPS WITH FED FROM DB-G-4 WITH FED FROM DB-G-4 /E WITH FED FROM DB-G-4/UPS WITH FED FROM DB-G-5 WITH FED FROM DB-G-5 /E WITH FED FROM DB-G-5/UPS WITH
1x 25 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 50 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE WITH 1 x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 35 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 10mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 35 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 10mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 35 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 10mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
100A

120A

60A

80A
80A
40A

40A

60A

40A

32A

40A

32A

40A

32A

40A
DB-F-1 NORMAL 10kA DB-F-1 /E 6kA DB-F-1 /UPS 5kA DB-F-2 NORMAL 15kA DB-F-2 /E 6kA DB-F-2 /UPS 6kA DB-F-3 NORMAL 6kA DB-F-3 /E 6kA DB-F-3 /UPS 6kA DB-F-4 NORMAL 6kA DB-F-4 /E 6kA DB-F-4/UPS 6kA DB-F-5 NORMAL 6kA DB-F-5 /E 6kA DB-F-5/UPS 6kA

FIRST FLOOR
FIRST FLOOR

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

40A 40A 16A 16A 60A 40A 40A 20A 20A 25A 20A 20A 20A 20A 40A 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A 40A 40A 20A 20A 20A 20A 40A 40A 20A 20A 40A 10A 10A 20A 16A 16A 40A 40A 40A 40A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 10A 20A 10A 10A 40A 20A 40A 40A 10A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 10A 20A 16A 16A 40A 20A 40A 40A 10A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 10A 20A
63A

25A

60A

60A

40A

60A

60A

40A

40A
LS LS LS LS
E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L

LEVEL 2
LEVEL 2

SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE
20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A
SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE

x19 x9 x3 x2 x2 x2 x5 x10 x10 x3 x10 x10 x3 x2 x6 x3 x2 x5 x4 x2 x2 x2 x10 x2 x8 x10 x17 x2 x8 x2 x9 x6 x4 x2 x3 x9 x2 x3 x3

P1 to P9 P1 to P2 L1 to L8 L11 to L13 P1 to P10 P11 to P20 P1 to P5 UP1 to UP10 P1 to P10 P11 to P17 CNV1 to CNV2 P1 to P4 P1 to P2
DB-LIFT

L1 to L19 SN1 to SN3 SN1 to SN2 P1 to P2 L1 to L10 AC1 to AC3 SN1 to SN2 HD1 to HD6 G1 to G3 SNP1 to SNP4 XR1 to XR2 CXR1 to CXR2 MD1 to MD2 L1 to L8 AC1 to AC2 P1 to P9 L1 to L6 HD1 to HD2 L1 to L9 HD1 to HD3
DB-LIFT 1

DB-LIFT 2

+ 2 SPARE

SUPPLY TO
SLIDING DOORS
PLUGS

SIGNAGE

SIGNAGE
LIGHTS

LIGHTS

LIGHTS

LIGHTS

CONVEYOR

CONVEYOR

LIGHTS
DEDICATED

DEDICATED

LIGHTS
NORMAL

NORMAL

NORMAL

NORMAL

NORMAL

NORMAL
DRYERS

DRYERS
PLUGS

50 LIGHTS @ 10W

DRYERS
SUPPLY

SUPPLY

NORMAL

NORMAL
STEEL STEEL STEEL STEEL STEEL STEEL STEEL STEEL STEEL STEEL
AIRCON

AIRCON
FEED TO SIGNAGE
SIGNAGE

SIGNAGE

SIGNAGE

PLUGS

PLUGS

PLUGS
SIGNAGE

X-RAYS
GEYSERS
SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
UPS
PLUGS

PLUGS

PLUGS

PLUGS

PLUGS

PLUGS
SPARE
SPACE

PLUGS

PLUGS
HAND

HAND
HAND
X-RAYS
PLUGS
PLUGS

BARRIER BARRIER BARRIER BARRIER BARRIER BARRIER BARRIER BARRIER BARRIER BARRIER

BOARDS

LIGHTS
FUTURE ONLY FUTURE ONLY FUTURE ONLY FUTURE ONLY FUTURE ONLY FUTURE ONLY

DB-R-PR-1 DB-R-PR-2
FED FROM DB-MAIN WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN WITH
2x 70mmØ 4 CORE XLPE 2x 70mmØ 4 CORE XLPE
INSULATED PVC BEDDED INSULATED PVC BEDDED
SWA PVC SHEATHED CABLE SWA PVC SHEATHED CABLE

300A

300A
DB-PLANT ROOM 1 NORMAL 15kA DB-PLANT ROOM 2 NORMAL 15kA

125A

125A
Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
150A 150A 150A 150A
LEVEL 3

LEVEL 3
6kA 6kA
ROOF

ROOF
16A 40A 16A 40A

40A

40A
AHU2 150.6kW

AHU3 274.4kW

AHU4 163.5kW
AHU1 179kW
E/L E/L

20A

20A

20A

20A
x2 x2

L1 P1 to P2 L1 P1 to P2

HEAT PUMP 1

HEAT PUMP 2

HEAT PUMP 1

HEAT PUMP 2
LIGHTS

LIGHTS
NORMAL

NORMAL
PLUGS

PLUGS
DB-R-1 FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH
1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
DB-R-2 FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH
1x 25 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
DB-R-3 FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH
1x 25 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
DB-R-4 FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH
1x 25 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
DB-R-5 FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH
1x 25 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE

N N N N N
60A

60A

60A

60A

60A

D-POLE D-POLE D-POLE D-POLE D-POLE

DB-R1 NORMAL 6kA DB-R2 NORMAL 6kA DB-R3 NORMAL 6kA DB-R4 NORMAL 6kA DB-R5 NORMAL 6kA

10A 10A 10A 10A 20A 20A 10A 10A 10A 10A 20A 20A 10A 10A 10A 10A 20A 20A 10A 10A 10A 10A 20A 20A 10A 10A 10A 10A 20A 20A
Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
LEVEL 4
ROOF

x10 x10 x10 x10 x10 x10 x10 x10 x10 x10

L1 to L10 L11 to L20 L1 to L10 L11 to L20 L1 to L10 L11 to L20 L1 to L10 L11 to L20 L1 to L10 L11 to L20

CABLE SCHEDULE CABLE SCHEDULE


21W / LIGHT

21W / LIGHT

21W / LIGHT

21W / LIGHT

21W / LIGHT

21W / LIGHT

21W / LIGHT

21W / LIGHT

21W / LIGHT

21W / LIGHT
10 LIGHTS/CIRCUIT

10 LIGHTS/CIRCUIT

10 LIGHTS/CIRCUIT

10 LIGHTS/CIRCUIT

10 LIGHTS/CIRCUIT

10 LIGHTS/CIRCUIT

10 LIGHTS/CIRCUIT

10 LIGHTS/CIRCUIT

10 LIGHTS/CIRCUIT

10 LIGHTS/CIRCUIT
SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH: NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH:


1 4 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 3 x 95mmØ BCEW 7 1 x 35mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 35mmØ BCEW
2 2 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 8 1 x 25mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 25mmØ BCEW
3 1 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 9 1 x 16mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 16mmØ BCEW
4 2 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 10 1 x 10mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 10mmØ BCEW
5 1 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 11 1 x 6mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 6mmØ BCEW
6 1 x 50mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 50mmØ BCEW 12 3 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 2 x 70mmØ BCEW

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0 2018/05/31
DATE DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN A.RAU
BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
A.RAUBENHEIMER DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 SIGNAGE CIRCUITS REVISED A.RAU
J. TEESSEN
2 2018/09/13 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAMS REVISED L.C REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/13 N.T.S 1 OF 1 2
A0
SLD-MAIN DISTRIBUTION LAYOUT 2018/09/13 J. TEESEN
SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0601
L. LOUW
LEGEND:
FROM
TRANSFORMER 500 kVA "DB" DISTRIBUTION BOARD

LV ROOM "MAIN" MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOARD

G "G" GROUND LEVEL

"F" FIRST FLOOR

"R" ROOF FLOOR

kVA "/E" ESSENTIAL POWER


UPS TO BE = BATTERY
GEN - 1 SPECIFIED
"/UPS" UPS POWER

ESSENTIAL POWER

DB-UTILITY DB-MAIN DB-MAIN /E DB-MAIN /UPS UPS POWER

NORMAL POWER
NORMAL ESSENTIAL UPS
SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY

DB-KIOSK DB-G-1 DB-G-1 /E DB-G-1 /UPS DB-G-2 DB-G-2 /E DB-G-2 /UPS DB-G-3 DB-G-3/E DB-G-3/UPS DB-G-4 DB-G-4/E DB-G-4 /UPS
GROUND FLOOR
LEVEL 1

DB-S1 DB-S2 DB-S3 DB-S4 DB-S5


DB-G-5 DB-G-5 /E DB-G-5 /UPS DB-G-6 DB-G-6/E DB-G-6/UPS DB-IT DB-IT/E

FUTURE ONLY

DB-S6 DB-S7 DB-S8 DB-S9 DB-KITCHEN DB-G-6-1 DB-G-6-1 /UPS DB-G-6-2 DB-G-6-2 /UPS
FIRST FLOOR

DB-F-1 DB-F-1 /E DB-F-1 /UPS DB-F-2 DB-F-2 /E DB-F-2 /UPS


DB-F-3 DB-F-3 /E DB-F-3/UPS DB-F-4 DB-F-4 /E DB-F-4/UPS DB-F-5 DB-F-5 /E DB-F-5/UPS
LEVEL 2

FUTURE ONLY
LEVEL 3

DB-R-PR-1 DB-R-PR-2
ROOF
LEVEL 4

DB-R-1 DB-R-2 DB-R-3 DB-R-4 DB-R-5


ROOF

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
A.RAU CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
A. RAUBENHEIMER DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:

J. TEESSEN
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/05/31 N.T.S 1 OF 1 0
A0
MAIN BLOCK DIAGRAM 2018/05/31 J. TEESEN
SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0602
L. LOUW
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-MAIN SPECIFICATIONS LEGEND: LEGEND:
BUS RATING As Noted
FAULT LEVEL As Noted TS TIME SWITCH MINIATURE CIRCUIT
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed BREAKER
FS FIREMANS SWITCH (6kA + 10kA)
ACCESS Front Back Both
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both FI FIRE INTERFACE MOULDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKER
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both PC PHOTOCELL T=DENOTES BUSBAR
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors TAPP OFF UNIT
KS KEY SWITCH
LIMITING DIMS AIR CIRCUIT
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE MS MASTER SWITCH BREAKER OR H.V.
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED CIRCUIT BREAKER
SS STOP/START SWITCH
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label
SPARE SPACE 30% A AMMETER ISOLATOR
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS M METER
DEHNGUARD 3P+N
C CONTACTOR TYPE II MODULAR
SURGE ARRESTER
R RELAY

V VOLTMETER
SPARE SPACE

BPS
BYPASS SWITCH

EARTHING
E/L EARTH LEAKAGE CONNECTION
VOLTAGE PRESENCE
INDICATOR LIGHTS

315kVA
G
GEN - 1

630A

Cu- 40m / BCEW- 40m


BUSBAR BUSBAR

5
2 UPS TO BE = BATTERY
SPECIFIED

630A 630A
WITH REVERSE 250A
2500A
FEED PROTECTION
DB-MAIN NORMAL M M M
40kA DB-MAIN ESSENTIAL 40kA DB-MAIN UPS 40kA
Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
150A 400A 630A 150A 100A 125A 400A 150A 300A 300A 630A 630A 60A 80A 60A 60A 60A 60A 150A 20A 20A 100A 250A 60A 60A 60A 40A 40A 125A 20A 20A
Cu- 105m / BCEW- 105m

Cu- 105m / BCEW- 105m


Cu- 125m / BCEW- 125m

Cu- 105m / BCEW- 105m


Cu- 20m / BCEW- 20m
Cu- 80m / BCEW- 80m
Cu- 95m / BCEW- 95m

Cu- 44m / BCEW- 44m


Cu- 16m / BCEW- 16m

Cu- 46m / BCEW- 46m

Cu- 44m / BCEW- 44m

Cu- 95m / BCEW- 95m

Cu- 60m / BCEW- 60m

Cu- 57m / BCEW- 57m

Cu- 44m / BCEW- 44m

Cu- 30m / BCEW- 30m

Cu- 46m / BCEW- 46m

Cu- 44m / BCEW- 44m

Cu- 59m / BCEW- 59m

Cu- 60m / BCEW- 60m

Cu- 57m / BCEW- 57m


Cu- 57m / BCEW- 57m
Cu-20m / BCEW- 20m

Cu-44m / BCEW- 44m


Cu-46m / BCEW- 46m

5 2 12 3 6 8 4 5 4 12 2 8 8 7 7 8 8 6 8 9 9 8 8 9 8
PLANT ROOM 2
PLANT ROOM 1

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
DB-G-5 /UPS

DB-G-6 /UPS
DB-G-1 /UPS

DB-G-2 /UPS

DB-G-3 /UPS

DB-G-4 /UPS
PFC PANEL

DB-G-1/E

DB-G-2/E

DB-G-3/E

DB-G-4/E

DB-G-5/E

DB-G-6/E
DB-GPU

DB-UPS
DB-G-1

DB-G-2

STEEL

DB-IT/E
DB-G-3

DB-G-4

DB-G-5

DB-G-6

STEEL
DB-IT

BARRIER BARRIER

CABLE SCHEDULE CABLE SCHEDULE


NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH: NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH:
1 4 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 3 x 95mmØ BCEW 7 1 x 35mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 35mmØ BCEW
2 2 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 8 1 x 25mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 25mmØ BCEW
3 1 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 9 1 x 16mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 16mmØ BCEW
4 2 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 10 1 x 10mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 10mmØ BCEW
5 1 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 11 1 x 6mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 6mmØ BCEW
6 1 x 50mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 50mmØ BCEW 12 3 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 2 x 70mmØ BCEW

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0 2018/05/31
DATE DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
LC CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM LC
J. TEESSEN
2
3
2018/08/24
2018/09/07
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
LC
LC
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/19 As indicated 1 OF 1 5
A1
4 2018/09/13 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAMS REVISED LC 2018/09/19 J. TEESSEN
5 2018/09/19 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAMS REVISED LC SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DB-MAIN /ESSENTIAL / UPS SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0603
L. LOUW
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-G-1 SPECIFICATIONS LEGEND:
BUS RATING As Noted
MINIATURE CIRCUIT
FAULT LEVEL As Noted BREAKER
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed (6kA + 10kA)
ACCESS Front Back Both
MOULDED CASE
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CIRCUIT BREAKER
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both T=DENOTES BUSBAR
TAPP OFF UNIT
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors
LIMITING DIMS AIR CIRCUIT
BREAKER OR H.V.
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE CIRCUIT BREAKER
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label
ISOLATOR
SPARE SPACE 30%
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FUSE SWITCH

SPARE SPACE

EARTHING
CONNECTION

TS TIME SWITCH

FS FIREMANS SWITCH

FI FIRE INTERFACE

PC PHOTOCELL

KS KEY SWITCH
FED FROM DB-MAIN WITH FED FROM FED FROM DB-MAIN/ UPS WITH
MS MASTER SWITCH
2 x 95 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE DB-MAIN/E 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
WITH 1 x 25 mmØ SS STOP/START SWITCH
4 CORE CABLE AMMETER
A

M METER

C CONTACTOR

400A
RELAY

60A

60A
R

5 V VOLTMETER
DB-G-1 NORMAL 24kA DB-G-1/E 6kA DB-G-1 /UPS 6kA

BPS
BYPASS SWITCH

EARTH LEAKAGE
Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
E/L

160A
100A 10A 16A 16A 40A 16A 16A 16A 20A 20A 40A 20A 20A 40A 20A 20A
VOLTAGE PRESENCE
INDICATOR LIGHTS
60A

E/L
Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m


20A

20A

8 9 9

x5 x6 x2 x4

L1 to L4 P1 to P6 SN1 to SN2 P1 to P4
SUMP PUMP

STAIR LIGHTS

LIFT LIGHTS 1

LIFT LIGHTS 2

STEEL STEEL
EXPANSION

+1 SPARE BARRIER BARRIER


FUTURE

DB-F-1 / UPS

DEDICATED
LIGHTS

NORMAL

SIGNAGE
SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

PLUGS
DB-F-1/E
DB-F-1

CABLE SCHEDULE CABLE SCHEDULE


NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH: NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH:
1 4 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 3 x 95mmØ BCEW 7 1 x 35mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 35mmØ BCEW
2 2 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 8 1 x 25mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 25mmØ BCEW
3 1 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 9 1 x 16mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 16mmØ BCEW
4 2 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 10 1 x 10mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 10mmØ BCEW
5 1 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 11 1 x 6mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 6mmØ BCEW
6 1 x 50mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 50mmØ BCEW 12

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
1
DATE
2018/07/13
DESCRIPTION
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
BY
A. RAU CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
2 2018/08/24 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C
J. TEESSEN
3
4
2018/09/07
2018/09/13
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
L.C
L.C
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/19 As indicated 1 OF 1 5
A1
5 2018/09/19 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C 2018/09/19 J. TEESSEN
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DB-G-1 /ESSENTIAL / UPS SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0604
L. LOUW
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-G-2 SPECIFICATIONS LEGEND: LEGEND:
BUS RATING As Noted
TS TIME SWITCH MINIATURE CIRCUIT
FAULT LEVEL As Noted
BREAKER
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed FS FIREMANS SWITCH
(6kA + 10kA)
ACCESS Front Back Both FI FIRE INTERFACE
MOULDED CASE
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CIRCUIT BREAKER
PC PHOTOCELL
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both T=DENOTES BUSBAR
KEY SWITCH TAPP OFF UNIT
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors KS
LIMITING DIMS AIR CIRCUIT
MS MASTER SWITCH BREAKER OR H.V.
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE
CIRCUIT BREAKER
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED SS STOP/START SWITCH
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label A AMMETER
ISOLATOR
SPARE SPACE 30%
M METER
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
C CONTACTOR DEHNGUARD 3P+N
TYPE II MODULAR
R RELAY SURGE ARRESTER

V VOLTMETER
SPARE SPACE

BPS
BYPASS SWITCH

E/L EARTH LEAKAGE EARTHING


CONNECTION
VOLTAGE PRESENCE
INDICATOR LIGHTS

FED FROM DB-MAIN WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN/E WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN UPS WITH
3 x 70mmØ 4 CORE SWA PVC XLPE CABLE 1x 25mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16mmØ 4 CORE CABLE

630A

80A

80A
5
DB-G-2 NORMAL 24kA DB-G-2 /E 10kA DB-G-2 /UPS 6kA
160A

125A

125A
Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
80A

120A

100A
60A 20A 20A 40A 20A 20A

32A

32A
M

6kA 6kA 6kA

60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 60A 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A 10A 60A 60A 20A 20A 20A 20A

60A

60A

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m


M M M M M M M M M M

SLOW CURVE
SLOW CURVE
E/L E/L

20A

20A

20A

20A
Cu- 30m / BCEW- 30m

Cu- 30m / BCEW- 30m

Cu- 35m / BCEW- 35m

Cu- 40m / BCEW- 40m

Cu- 45m / BCEW- 45m

Cu- 50m / BCEW- 50m

Cu- 55m / BCEW- 55m

Cu- 60m / BCEW- 60m

Cu- 65m / BCEW- 65m

Cu- 60m / BCEW- 60m

Cu- 45m / BCEW- 45m

Cu- 65m / BCEW- 65m

Cu- 65m / BCEW- 65m

Cu- 85m / BCEW- 85m

Cu- 85m / BCEW- 85m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

9 9

x10 x6 x5 x5 x9 x2 x8 x10

L1 to L10 L11 to L16 LL1 P1 to P5 P6 to P10 AC1 to AC9 SN1 to SN2 SN1 to SN8 UP1 to UP10
ESC 1

ESC 2

SUMP PUMP
STEEL STEEL

EXPANSION

EXPANSION

EXPANSION
BARRIER

FUTURE

FUTURE

FUTURE
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 8 9 8 8 8 8 6 BARRIER
LIGHTS - LIFT
LIGHTS

LIGHTS

NORMAL

NORMAL

SUPPLY

PLUGS
AIRCON
DB-KITCHEN

SIGNAGE

SIGNAGE
SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

PLUGS

DB-F-2 /UPS

UPS
DB-SHOP 1

DB-SHOP 2

DB-SHOP 3

DB-SHOP 4

DB-SHOP 5

DB-SHOP 6

DB-SHOP 7

DB-SHOP 8

DB-SHOP 9

DB-F-2 /E
DB-R 1

DB-R 2

DB-R 3

DB-R 4

DB-R 5

DB-F-2

CABLE SCHEDULE CABLE SCHEDULE


NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH: NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH:
1 4 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 3 x 95mmØ BCEW 7 1 x 35mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 35mmØ BCEW
2 2 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 8 1 x 25mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 25mmØ BCEW
3 1 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 9 1 x 16mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 16mmØ BCEW
4 2 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 10 1 x 10mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 10mmØ BCEW
5 1 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 11 1 x 6mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 6mmØ BCEW
6 1 x 50mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 50mmØ BCEW 12

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0 2018/05/31
DATE DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
A.RAU CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 SIGNAGE CIRCUITS REVISED L.C
J. TEESSEN
2
3
2018/08/24
2018/09/07
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
L.C
L.C
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/19 As indicated 1 OF 1 5
A1
4 2018/09/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C 2018/09/19 J. TEESSEN
5 2018/09/19 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DB-G-2 /ESSENTIAL / UPS SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0605
L. LOUW
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-G-3 SPECIFICATIONS LEGEND:
BUS RATING As Noted MINIATURE CIRCUIT
FAULT LEVEL As Noted BREAKER
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed (6kA + 10kA)
ACCESS Front Back Both MOULDED CASE
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CIRCUIT BREAKER
T=DENOTES BUSBAR
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both TAPP OFF UNIT
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors
AIR CIRCUIT
LIMITING DIMS BREAKER OR H.V.
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE CIRCUIT BREAKER
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label ISOLATOR
SPARE SPACE 30%
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
FUSE SWITCH

SPARE SPACE

EARTHING
CONNECTION

TS TIME SWITCH

FS FIREMANS SWITCH

FI FIRE INTERFACE

PC PHOTOCELL

FED FROM DB-MAIN WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN/ UPS WITH KS KEY SWITCH
1x 95mmØ 4 CORE CABLE FED FROM DB-MAIN /E WITH
1x 35mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 25mmØ 4 CORE CABLE MS MASTER SWITCH

SS STOP/START SWITCH

A AMMETER

M METER

160A
C CONTACTOR

60A

60A
R RELAY

V VOLTMETER
DB-G-3 NORMAL 10kA DB-G-3 /E 6kA DB-G-3 /UPS 6kA

BPS
BYPASS SWITCH
Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
80A 60A 60A 20A 20A 20A 40A 40A 16A 16A 20A 20A 20A 32A 20A 20A 20A 20A 40A 20A 20A E/L EARTH LEAKAGE
VOLTAGE PRESENCE
INDICATOR LIGHTS
40A

40A

E/L E/L
20A

20A

20A

20A

5
Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m


SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE

7 10 9

x6 x6 x10 x2 x13 x10

P1 to P6 P7 to P12 AC1 to AC10 G1 HD1 to HD2 L1 to L13 PD1 to PD10


SIGNAGE

STEEL FUTURE ONLY STEEL


BARRIER BARRIER

DB-F-3/UPS
NORMAL

NORMAL

DEDICATED
GEYSER
SUPPLY

DRYERS

LIGHTS

DB-F-3/E

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

PLUGS

SPARE
SPACE
HAND

PLUGS
HVAC
DB-F-3

CABLE SCHEDULE CABLE SCHEDULE


NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH: NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH:
1 4 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 3 x 95mmØ BCEW 7 1 x 35mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 35mmØ BCEW
2 2 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 8 1 x 25mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 25mmØ BCEW
3 1 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 9 1 x 16mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 16mmØ BCEW
4 2 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 10 1 x 10mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 10mmØ BCEW
5 1 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 11 1 x 6mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 6mmØ BCEW
6 1 x 50mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 50mmØ BCEW 12

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
A.RAU CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO CONSTRUCTION
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C
J. TEESSEN
2
3
2018/08/24
2018/09/07
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
L.C
L.C
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/19 As indicated 1 OF 1 5
A1
4 2018/09/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C 2018/09/19 J. TEESSEN
5 2018/09/19 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DB-G-3 /ESSENTIAL / UPS SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0606
L. LOUW
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-G-4 SPECIFICATIONS LEGEND:
BUS RATING As Noted
MINIATURE CIRCUIT
FAULT LEVEL As Noted BREAKER
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed (6kA + 10kA)
ACCESS Front Back Both MOULDED CASE
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CIRCUIT BREAKER
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both T=DENOTES BUSBAR
TAPP OFF UNIT
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors
AIR CIRCUIT
LIMITING DIMS BREAKER OR H.V.
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE CIRCUIT BREAKER
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label ISOLATOR
SPARE SPACE 30%
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
FUSE SWITCH

SPARE SPACE

EARTHING
CONNECTION

TS TIME SWITCH

FS FIREMANS SWITCH

FI FIRE INTERFACE

PC PHOTOCELL
FED FROM DB-MAIN WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN /UPS WITH
1x 50mmØ 4 CORE CABLE FED FROM DB-MAIN /E WITH 1x 25mmØ 4 CORE CABLE KS KEY SWITCH
4 1x 35mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
MS MASTER SWITCH

SS STOP/START SWITCH

A AMMETER

M METER

100A

60A

40A
C CONTACTOR

R RELAY
DB-G-4 NORMAL 6kA DB-G-4 /E 6kA DB-G-4 /UPS 6kA V VOLTMETER

BPS
BYPASS SWITCH
Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
60A 16A 16A 40A 20A 20A 40A 40A 32A 20A 20A 20A 20A 40A 20A 20A
E/L EARTH LEAKAGE
VOLTAGE PRESENCE
INDICATOR LIGHTS
63A

E/L
20A

20A
Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m


SLOW CURVE

7 x4 10 9
x3 x4

x2

L1 to L3 P1 to P4 G1 AC1 HD1 to HD4 PD1 to PD2


FUTURE ONLY

DB-F-4 /UPS
GEYSER

DRYERS
SUPPLY

SUPPLY
LIGHTS

AIRCON
NORMAL

DEDICATED
SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

HAND

DB-F-4 /E

PLUGS
STEEL STEEL
DB-F-4

BARRIER BARRIER

FUTURE ONLY

CABLE SCHEDULE CABLE SCHEDULE


NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH: NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH:
1 4 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 3 x 95mmØ BCEW 7 1 x 35mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 35mmØ BCEW
2 2 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 8 1 x 25mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 25mmØ BCEW
3 1 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 9 1 x 16mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 16mmØ BCEW
4 2 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 10 1 x 10mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 10mmØ BCEW
5 1 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 11 1 x 6mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 6mmØ BCEW
6 1 x 50mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 50mmØ BCEW 12

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
A.RAU CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C
J. TEESSEN
2
3
2018/08/24
2018/09/07
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
L.C
L.C
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/13 As indicated 1 OF 1 4
A1
4 2018/09/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C 2018/09/13 J. TEESSEN
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DB-G-4 /ESSENTIAL / UPS SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0607
L. LOUW
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-G-5 SPECIFICATIONS LEGEND:
BUS RATING As Noted
MINIATURE CIRCUIT
FAULT LEVEL As Noted BREAKER
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed (6kA + 10kA)
ACCESS Front Back Both
MOULDED CASE
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CIRCUIT BREAKER
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both T=DENOTES BUSBAR
TAPP OFF UNIT
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors
LIMITING DIMS AIR CIRCUIT
BREAKER OR H.V.
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE CIRCUIT BREAKER
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label
ISOLATOR
SPARE SPACE 30%
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
FUSE SWITCH

SPARE SPACE

EARTHING
CONNECTION

TS TIME SWITCH

FS FIREMANS SWITCH

FI FIRE INTERFACE

PC PHOTOCELL

KS KEY SWITCH

MS MASTER SWITCH

SS STOP/START SWITCH

A AMMETER

M METER

C CONTACTOR
FED FROM DB-MAIN WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN /E WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN /UPS WITH R RELAY
4 1x 25mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 25mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
V VOLTMETER

BPS
BYPASS SWITCH

125A
E/L EARTH LEAKAGE

60A

40A
VOLTAGE PRESENCE
INDICATOR LIGHTS
DB-G-5 NORMAL 15kA DB-G-5 /E 6kA DB-G-5 /UPS 6kA
Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
80A 16A 16A 60A 20A 20A 20A 40A 40A 32A 20A 20A 20A 20A 40A 20A 20A 20A 20A
63A

E/L
20A

20A

SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE
Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m

Cu- 15m / BCEW- 15m


7 x5 x6 x3 x3 10 9 x2

L1 to L5 P1 to P6 G1 AC1 to AC3 HD1 to HD3 P1 to P2

STEEL STEEL
BARRIER BARRIER
LIGHTS

NORMAL

GEYSER

DRYERS

DEDICATED
SUPPLY

SUPPLY
AIRCON

DB-F-5 /UPS
SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

HAND

FUTURE ONLY

PLUGS
DB-F-5 /E
DB-F-5

FUTURE ONLY

CABLE SCHEDULE CABLE SCHEDULE


NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH: NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH:
1 4 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 3 x 95mmØ BCEW 7 1 x 35mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 35mmØ BCEW
2 2 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 8 1 x 25mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 25mmØ BCEW
3 1 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 9 1 x 16mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 16mmØ BCEW
4 2 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 10 1 x 10mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 10mmØ BCEW
5 1 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 11 1 x 6mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 6mmØ BCEW
6 1 x 50mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 50mmØ BCEW 12

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
A. RAU CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C
J. TEESSEN
2
3
2018/08/24
2018/09/07
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
L.C
L.C
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/13 As indicated 1 OF 1 4
A1
4 2018/09/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C 2018/09/13 J. TEESSEN
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DB-G-5 /ESSENTIAL / UPS SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0608
L. LOUW
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-G-6 SPECIFICATIONS LEGEND:
BUS RATING As Noted MINIATURE CIRCUIT
FAULT LEVEL As Noted BREAKER
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed (6kA + 10kA)
ACCESS Front Back Both MOULDED CASE
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CIRCUIT BREAKER
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both T=DENOTES BUSBAR
TAPP OFF UNIT
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors
AIR CIRCUIT
LIMITING DIMS BREAKER OR H.V.
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE CIRCUIT BREAKER
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label
ISOLATOR
SPARE SPACE 30%
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
FUSE SWITCH

SPARE SPACE

EARTHING
CONNECTION

TS TIME SWITCH

FS FIREMANS SWITCH

FI FIRE INTERFACE

PC PHOTOCELL

KS KEY SWITCH

MS MASTER SWITCH

SS STOP/START SWITCH

A AMMETER

M METER

C CONTACTOR

R RELAY
FED FROM DB-MAIN WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN /E WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN/ UPS WITH V VOLTMETER
5 2 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 25mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 25mmØ 4 CORE CABLE

BPS
BYPASS SWITCH

E/L EARTH LEAKAGE


VOLTAGE PRESENCE
400A
INDICATOR LIGHTS

125A
60A
DB-G-6 NORMAL 15kA DB-G-6 /E 6kA DB-G-6 /UPS 6kA
Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
160A 80A 80A 20A 20A 20A 20A 40A 40A 20A 20A 32A
160A

160A
6kA 6kA

16A 16A 16A 16A 60A 20A 40A 40A 20A


63A

E/L
SLOW CURVE
Cu- 35m / BCEW- 35m

Cu- 45m / BCEW- 45m

Cu- 35m / BCEW- 35m

Cu- 45m / BCEW- 45m


20A

20A

7 7 x10 x4 x6 x4 9 9 x2

L1 to L10 L11 to L14 P1 to P6 AC1 CNV1 to CNV4 PD1 to PD2


SIGNAGE

STEEL STEEL
EXPANSION

EXPANSION
BARRIER BARRIER
BELT SUPPLY
LIGHTS

LIGHTS
FUTURE

FUTURE
DEDICATED
SUPPLY
NORMAL

AIRCON

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
CONVEYOR
PLUGS

DB-G-6-1 /UPS

DB-G-6-2 /UPS
FUTURE ONLY

PLUGS
DB-G-6-1

DB-G-6-2

CABLE SCHEDULE CABLE SCHEDULE


NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH: NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH:
1 4 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 3 x 95mmØ BCEW 7 1 x 35mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 35mmØ BCEW
2 2 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 8 1 x 25mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 25mmØ BCEW
3 1 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 9 1 x 16mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 16mmØ BCEW
4 2 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 10 1 x 10mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 10mmØ BCEW
5 1 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 11 1 x 6mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 6mmØ BCEW
6 1 x 50mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 50mmØ BCEW 12

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED DETAILED DESIGN A.RAU
BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C
J. TEESSEN
2
3
2018/08/24
2018/09/07
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
L.C
L.C
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/19 As indicated 1 OF 1 5
A1
4 2018/09/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C 2018/09/19 J. TEESSEN
5 2018/09/19 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DB-G-6 /ESSENTIAL / UPS SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0609
L. LOUW
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-G-6-1 SPECIFICATIONS LEGEND:
BUS RATING As Noted MINIATURE CIRCUIT
FAULT LEVEL As Noted BREAKER
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed (6kA + 10kA)
ACCESS Front Back Both MOULDED CASE
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CIRCUIT BREAKER
T=DENOTES BUSBAR
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both TAPP OFF UNIT
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors
AIR CIRCUIT
LIMITING DIMS BREAKER OR H.V.
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE CIRCUIT BREAKER
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label ISOLATOR
SPARE SPACE 30%
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
FUSE SWITCH

SPARE SPACE

EARTHING
CONNECTION

TS TIME SWITCH

FS FIREMANS SWITCH

FI FIRE INTERFACE

PC PHOTOCELL

KS KEY SWITCH

MS MASTER SWITCH

SS STOP/START SWITCH

A AMMETER

M METER

C CONTACTOR

R RELAY

V VOLTMETER
4
FED FROM DB-G-6 WITH
FED FROM DB-G-6/UPS WITH

BPS
1x 35mmØ 4 CORE CABLE BYPASS SWITCH
1x 16mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
E/L EARTH LEAKAGE

80A
VOLTAGE PRESENCE

40A
INDICATOR LIGHTS

DB-G-6-1 NORMAL 6kA DB-G-6-1 /UPS 6kA


Surge Arrestors

20A 16A 16A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A

20A
E/L

20A

20A

SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE
x3 x2 x2 x4 x2

L1 to L3 P1 to P2 AC1 to AC4 PD1 to PD2


SIGNAGE

STEEL
BARRIER
LIGHTS

AIRCON

DEDICATED
NORMAL

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

PLUGS

CABLE SCHEDULE CABLE SCHEDULE


NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH: NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH:
1 4 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 3 x 95mmØ BCEW 7 1 x 35mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 35mmØ BCEW
2 2 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 8 1 x 25mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 25mmØ BCEW
3 1 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 9 1 x 16mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 16mmØ BCEW
4 2 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 10 1 x 10mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 10mmØ BCEW
5 1 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 11 1 x 6mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 6mmØ BCEW
6 1 x 50mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 50mmØ BCEW 12

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
A.RAU CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 SIGNAGE CIRCUITS REVISED L.C
J. TEESSEN
2
3
2018/08/24
2018/09/07
CIRCUITS REVISED
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
L.C
L.C
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/13 As indicated 1 OF 1 4
A1
4 2018/09/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C 2018/09/13 J. TEESSEN
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DB-G-6-1 /ESSENTIAL / UPS SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0610
L. LOUW
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-G-6-2 SPECIFICATIONS LEGEND:
BUS RATING As Noted MINIATURE CIRCUIT
FAULT LEVEL As Noted BREAKER
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed (6kA + 10kA)
ACCESS Front Back Both MOULDED CASE
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CIRCUIT BREAKER
T=DENOTES BUSBAR
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both TAPP OFF UNIT
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors
AIR CIRCUIT
LIMITING DIMS BREAKER OR H.V.
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE CIRCUIT BREAKER
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label
ISOLATOR
SPARE SPACE 30%
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
FUSE SWITCH

SPARE SPACE

EARTHING
CONNECTION

TS TIME SWITCH

FS FIREMANS SWITCH

FI FIRE INTERFACE

PC PHOTOCELL

KS KEY SWITCH

MS MASTER SWITCH

SS STOP/START SWITCH

A AMMETER

M METER

FED FROM DB-G-6 WITH FED FROM DB-G-6/ UPS WITH C CONTACTOR
1x 35mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
4 R RELAY

V VOLTMETER

BPS
BYPASS SWITCH

80A

40A
E/L EARTH LEAKAGE
VOLTAGE PRESENCE
DB-G-6-2 NORMAL 6kA DB-G-6-2 /UPS 6kA INDICATOR LIGHTS

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
20A 16A 16A 60A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A

63A
E/L

20A

20A

SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE
x9 x7 x12 x2 x3

L1 to L9 P1 to P7 AC1 to AC12 PD1 to PD3


SIGNAGE

LIGHTS

DEDICATED
NORMAL STEEL

SUPPLY
AIRCON

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS BARRIER

PLUGS
CABLE SCHEDULE CABLE SCHEDULE
NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH: NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH:
1 4 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 3 x 95mmØ BCEW 7 1 x 35mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 35mmØ BCEW
2 2 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 8 1 x 25mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 25mmØ BCEW
3 1 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 9 1 x 16mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 16mmØ BCEW
4 2 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 10 1 x 10mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 10mmØ BCEW
5 1 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 11 1 x 6mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 6mmØ BCEW
6 1 x 50mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 50mmØ BCEW 12

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
A.RAU CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC LAYOUT L.C
J. TEESSEN
2
3
2018/08/24
2018/09/07
UPDATED SCHEMATIC LAYOUT
UPDATED SCHEMATIC LAYOUT
L.C
L.C
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/13 As indicated 1 OF 1 4
A1
4 2018/09/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC LAYOUT L.C 2018/09/13 J. TEESSEN
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DB-G-6-2 /ESSENTIAL / UPS SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0611
L. LOUW
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-F-1 SPECIFICATIONS LEGEND:
BUS RATING As Noted
MINIATURE CIRCUIT
FAULT LEVEL As Noted BREAKER
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed (6kA + 10kA)
ACCESS Front Back Both
MOULDED CASE
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CIRCUIT BREAKER
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both T=DENOTES BUSBAR
TAPP OFF UNIT
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors
LIMITING DIMS AIR CIRCUIT
BREAKER OR H.V.
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE CIRCUIT BREAKER
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label
ISOLATOR
SPARE SPACE 30%
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FUSE SWITCH

SPARE SPACE

EARTHING
CONNECTION

TS TIME SWITCH

FS FIREMANS SWITCH

FI FIRE INTERFACE

PC PHOTOCELL

KS KEY SWITCH

MS MASTER SWITCH

SS STOP/START SWITCH

A AMMETER

M METER

C CONTACTOR

FED FROM DB-G-1 WITH FED FROM DB-G-1 /E WITH FED FROM DB-G-1/UPS WITH R RELAY
1x 25 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
V VOLTMETER

100A

BPS
BYPASS SWITCH

40A

40A
3
E/L EARTH LEAKAGE
DB-F-1 NORMAL 10kA DB-F-1 /E 6kA DB-F-1 /UPS 5kA
VOLTAGE PRESENCE
INDICATOR LIGHTS
Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
40A 40A 16A 16A 60A 40A 40A 20A 20A 25A 20A 20A 20A 20A

63A

25A
E/L E/L

20A

20A

20A

20A
SLOW CURVE
SLOW CURVE

x19 x9 x3 x2 x2 x2 x5

L1 to L19 P1 to P9 SN1 to SN3 P1 to P2 SN1 to SN2 P1 to P2


DB-LIFT 1

DB-LIFT 2

LIGHTS

DEDICATED
NORMAL

PLUGS
STEEL STEEL
SIGNAGE

SIGNAGE

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

SPARE
SPACE

PLUGS
BARRIER BARRIER

FUTURE ONLY

CABLE SCHEDULE CABLE SCHEDULE


NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH: NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH:
1 4 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 3 x 95mmØ BCEW 7 1 x 35mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 35mmØ BCEW
2 2 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 8 1 x 25mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 25mmØ BCEW
3 1 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 9 1 x 16mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 16mmØ BCEW
4 2 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 10 1 x 10mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 10mmØ BCEW
5 1 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 11 1 x 6mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 6mmØ BCEW
6 1 x 50mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 50mmØ BCEW 12

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
1
DATE
2018/07/13
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
A.RAU CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
2 2018/09/07 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C
J. TEESSEN
3 2018/09/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/13 As indicated 1 OF 1 3
A1
2018/09/13 J. TEESSEN
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DB-F-1 /ESSENTIAL / UPS SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0612
L. LOUW
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-F-2 SPECIFICATIONS LEGEND:
BUS RATING As Noted
MINIATURE CIRCUIT
FAULT LEVEL As Noted BREAKER
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed (6kA + 10kA)
ACCESS Front Back Both MOULDED CASE
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CIRCUIT BREAKER
T=DENOTES BUSBAR
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both TAPP OFF UNIT
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors
AIR CIRCUIT
LIMITING DIMS BREAKER OR H.V.
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE CIRCUIT BREAKER
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label ISOLATOR
SPARE SPACE 30%
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
FUSE SWITCH

SPARE SPACE

EARTHING
CONNECTION

TS TIME SWITCH

FS FIREMANS SWITCH

FI FIRE INTERFACE

PC PHOTOCELL

KS KEY SWITCH

MS MASTER SWITCH

SS STOP/START SWITCH

A AMMETER

M METER

C CONTACTOR

R RELAY

V VOLTMETER

FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH FED FROM DB-G-2 /E WITH FED FROM DB-G-2 /UPS

BPS
BYPASS SWITCH
1x 50 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE WITH 1 x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
E/L EARTH LEAKAGE
120A

VOLTAGE PRESENCE

60A

40A
4 INDICATOR LIGHTS

DB-F-2 NORMAL 15kA DB-F-2 /E 6kA DB-F-2 /UPS 6kA


Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A
40A 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A 40A 40A 20A 20A 20A 20A 40A 40A 20A 20A 40A 10A 10A
60A

60A

40A
LS LS LS LS
E/L E/L E/L
SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE
20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A
x10 x10 x3 x10 x10 x3 x2 x6 x3 x2 x5 x4 x2 x2 x2 x10 x2

L1 to L8 L11 to L13 P1 to P10 P11 to P20 P1 to P5 UP1 to UP10


DB-LIFT

+ 2 SPARE L1 to L10 AC1 to AC3 SN1 to SN2 HD1 to HD6 G1 to G3 SNP1 to SNP4 XR1 to XR2 CXR1 to CXR2 MD1 to MD2

PLUGS
CONVEYOR

CONVEYOR
LIGHTS

LIGHTS

LIGHTS

DEDICATED
NORMAL

NORMAL

DRYERS
SUPPLY

STEEL STEEL
AIRCON

SIGNAGE

SIGNAGE
GEYSERS

X-RAYS
SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
UPS
PLUGS

PLUGS

HAND

X-RAYS
PLUGS
BARRIER BARRIER

CABLE SCHEDULE CABLE SCHEDULE


NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH: NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH:
1 4 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 3 x 95mmØ BCEW 7 1 x 35mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 35mmØ BCEW
2 2 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 8 1 x 25mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 25mmØ BCEW
3 1 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 9 1 x 16mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 16mmØ BCEW
4 2 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 10 1 x 10mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 10mmØ BCEW
5 1 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 11 1 x 6mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 6mmØ BCEW
6 1 x 50mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 50mmØ BCEW 12

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
A.RAU CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C
J. TEESSEN
2
3
2018/08/24
2018/09/07
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
L.C
L.C
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/13 As indicated 1 OF 1 4
A1
4 2018/09/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C 2018/09/13 J. TEESSEN
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DB-F-2 /ESSENTIAL / UPS SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0613
L. LOUW
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-F-3 SPECIFICATIONS
LEGEND:
BUS RATING As Noted MINIATURE CIRCUIT
FAULT LEVEL As Noted BREAKER
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed (6kA + 10kA)
ACCESS Front Back Both MOULDED CASE
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CIRCUIT BREAKER
T=DENOTES BUSBAR
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both TAPP OFF UNIT
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors
AIR CIRCUIT
LIMITING DIMS BREAKER OR H.V.
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE CIRCUIT BREAKER
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label ISOLATOR
SPARE SPACE 30%
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
FUSE SWITCH

SPARE SPACE

EARTHING
CONNECTION

TS TIME SWITCH

FS FIREMANS SWITCH

FI FIRE INTERFACE

PC PHOTOCELL

KS KEY SWITCH

MS MASTER SWITCH

SS STOP/START SWITCH

A AMMETER

M METER

C CONTACTOR
FED FROM DB-G-3 WITH FED FROM DB-G-3 /E WITH FED FROM DB-G-3/UPS WITH
1x 35 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 10mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE R RELAY

V VOLTMETER

80A

32A

40A

BPS
BYPASS SWITCH

DB-F-3 NORMAL 6kA DB-F-3 /E 6kA DB-F-3 /UPS 6kA E/L EARTH LEAKAGE
VOLTAGE PRESENCE
INDICATOR LIGHTS
Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
20A 16A 16A 40A 40A 40A 40A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 10A 20A
60A

60A

E/L E/L
SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE

SLOW CURVE
20A

20A

20A

20A

x8 x10 x17 x2 x8 x2 x9

L1 to L8 P1 to P10 P11 to P17 CNV1 to CNV2 AC1 to AC2 P1 to P9


SUPPLY TO
SLIDING DOORS

LIGHTS

NORMAL

NORMAL

SUPPLY

STEEL STEEL
AIRCON
FEED TO SIGNAGE

PLUGS
SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

PLUGS

BARRIER BARRIER
BOARDS

FUTURE ONLY
5

CABLE SCHEDULE CABLE SCHEDULE


NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH: NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH:
1 4 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 3 x 95mmØ BCEW 7 1 x 35mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 35mmØ BCEW
2 2 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 8 1 x 25mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 25mmØ BCEW
3 1 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 9 1 x 16mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 16mmØ BCEW
4 2 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 10 1 x 10mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 10mmØ BCEW
5 1 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 11 1 x 6mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 6mmØ BCEW
6 1 x 50mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 50mmØ BCEW 12

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
A.RAU CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C
J. TEESSEN
2
3
2018/08/24
2018/09/07
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
L.C
L.C
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/15 As indicated 1 OF 1 5
A1
4 2018/09/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C 2018/09/19 J. TEESSEN
5 2018/09/19 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DB-F-3 /ESSENTIAL / UPS SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0614
L. LOUW
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-F-4 SPECIFICATIONS LEGEND:
BUS RATING As Noted
MINIATURE CIRCUIT
FAULT LEVEL As Noted BREAKER
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed (6kA + 10kA)
ACCESS Front Back Both MOULDED CASE
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CIRCUIT BREAKER
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both T=DENOTES BUSBAR
TAPP OFF UNIT
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors
LIMITING DIMS AIR CIRCUIT
BREAKER OR H.V.
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE CIRCUIT BREAKER
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label
ISOLATOR
SPARE SPACE 30%
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FUSE SWITCH

SPARE SPACE

EARTHING
CONNECTION

TS TIME SWITCH

FS FIREMANS SWITCH

FI FIRE INTERFACE

PC PHOTOCELL

KS KEY SWITCH

MS MASTER SWITCH

SS STOP/START SWITCH

A AMMETER

M METER

4 C CONTACTOR

FED FROM DB-G-4 WITH FED FROM DB-G-4 /E WITH FED FROM DB-G-4/UPS WITH R RELAY
1x 35 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 10mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
V VOLTMETER

BPS
BYPASS SWITCH

60A

32A

40A
E/L EARTH LEAKAGE
DB-F-4 NORMAL 6kA DB-F-4 /E 6kA DB-F-4/UPS 6kA
VOLTAGE PRESENCE
INDICATOR LIGHTS
Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
10A 10A 40A 20A 40A 40A 10A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 10A 20A
40A

E/L
20A

20A

x6 x4 x2 x3

L1 to L6 P1 to P4 HD1 to HD2
SIGNAGE
50 LIGHTS @ 10W

DRYERS
NORMAL

STEEL STEEL

PLUGS
SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

HAND

BARRIER BARRIER
LIGHTS

FUTURE ONLY FUTURE ONLY

CABLE SCHEDULE CABLE SCHEDULE


NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH: NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH:
1 4 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 3 x 95mmØ BCEW 7 1 x 35mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 35mmØ BCEW
2 2 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 8 1 x 25mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 25mmØ BCEW
3 1 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 9 1 x 16mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 16mmØ BCEW
4 2 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 10 1 x 10mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 10mmØ BCEW
5 1 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 11 1 x 6mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 6mmØ BCEW
6 1 x 50mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 50mmØ BCEW 12

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
L.C CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C
J. TEESSEN
2
3
2018/08/24
2018/09/07
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
L.C
L.C
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/13 As indicated 1 OF 1 4
A1
4 2018/09/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C 2018/09/13 J. TEESSEN
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DB-F-4 /ESSENTIAL / UPS SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0615
L. LOUW
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-F-5 SPECIFICATIONS LEGEND:
BUS RATING As Noted
MINIATURE CIRCUIT
FAULT LEVEL As Noted BREAKER
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed (6kA + 10kA)
ACCESS Front Back Both MOULDED CASE
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CIRCUIT BREAKER
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both T=DENOTES BUSBAR
TAPP OFF UNIT
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors
AIR CIRCUIT
LIMITING DIMS BREAKER OR H.V.
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE CIRCUIT BREAKER
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label
ISOLATOR
SPARE SPACE 30%
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
FUSE SWITCH

SPARE SPACE

EARTHING
CONNECTION

TS TIME SWITCH

FS FIREMANS SWITCH

FI FIRE INTERFACE

PC PHOTOCELL

KS KEY SWITCH

MS MASTER SWITCH

SS STOP/START SWITCH

A AMMETER

M METER

C CONTACTOR
4 FED FROM DB-G-5 /E WITH FED FROM DB-G-5/UPS WITH RELAY
FED FROM DB-G-5 WITH R
1x 35 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 10mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE VOLTMETER
V

BPS
BYPASS SWITCH

80A

32A

40A
E/L EARTH LEAKAGE
DB-F-5 NORMAL 6kA DB-F-5 /E 6kA DB-F-5/UPS 6kA
VOLTAGE PRESENCE
INDICATOR LIGHTS
Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
16A 16A 40A 20A 40A 40A 10A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 10A 20A
40A

E/L
20A

20A

x9 x2 x3 x3

L1 to L9 P1 to P2 HD1 to HD3
SIGNAGE
LIGHTS

DRYERS
NORMAL

STEEL STEEL

PLUGS
SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

HAND

BARRIER BARRIER

FUTURE ONLY FUTURE ONLY

CABLE SCHEDULE CABLE SCHEDULE


NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH: NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH:
1 4 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 3 x 95mmØ BCEW 7 1 x 35mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 35mmØ BCEW
2 2 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 8 1 x 25mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 25mmØ BCEW
3 1 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 9 1 x 16mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 16mmØ BCEW
4 2 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 10 1 x 10mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 10mmØ BCEW
5 1 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 11 1 x 6mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 6mmØ BCEW
6 1 x 50mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 50mmØ BCEW 12

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
A.RAU CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 SIGNAGE CIRCUITS REVISED L.C
J. TEESSEN
2
3
2018/08/24
2018/09/07
SIGNAGE CIRCUITS REVISED
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
L.C
L.C
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/13 As indicated 1 OF 1 4
A1
4 2018/09/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C 2018/09/13 J. TEESSEN
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DB-F-5 /ESSENTIAL / UPS SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0616
L. LOUW
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-PR-1 SPECIFICATIONS DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-PR-2 SPECIFICATIONS LEGEND:
BUS RATING As Noted BUS RATING As Noted
FAULT LEVEL As Noted FAULT LEVEL As Noted MINIATURE CIRCUIT
BREAKER
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed (6kA + 10kA)
ACCESS Front Back Both ACCESS Front Back Both
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both MOULDED CASE
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CIRCUIT BREAKER
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both T=DENOTES BUSBAR
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors TAPP OFF UNIT
LIMITING DIMS LIMITING DIMS AIR CIRCUIT
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE BREAKER OR H.V.
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE
CIRCUIT BREAKER
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label
SPARE SPACE 30% SPARE SPACE 30% ISOLATOR
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FUSE SWITCH

SPARE SPACE

EARTHING
CONNECTION

TS TIME SWITCH

FS FIREMANS SWITCH

FI FIRE INTERFACE

PC PHOTOCELL

KS KEY SWITCH

MS MASTER SWITCH

SS STOP/START SWITCH

A AMMETER

M METER
FED FROM DB-MAIN WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN WITH CONTACTOR
C
2x 70mmØ 4 CORE XLPE 2x 70mmØ 4 CORE XLPE
INSULATED PVC BEDDED INSULATED PVC BEDDED R RELAY
SWA PVC SHEATHED CABLE SWA PVC SHEATHED CABLE
V VOLTMETER

300A

300A

BPS
BYPASS SWITCH
DB-PLANT ROOM 1 NORMAL 15kA DB-PLANT ROOM 2 NORMAL 15kA
E/L EARTH LEAKAGE
VOLTAGE PRESENCE
125A
Surge Arrestors

150A 150A INDICATOR LIGHTS

125A
Surge Arrestors
150A 150A

6kA
6kA

16A 40A
16A 40A
40A

AHU2 150.6kW

40A
AHU1 179kW

AHU3 274.4kW

AHU4 163.5kW
E/L
E/L
20A

20A

20A

20A
x2
x2

L1 P1 to P2
HEAT PUMP 1

HEAT PUMP 2

L1 P1 to P2

HEAT PUMP 1

HEAT PUMP 2
LIGHTS

NORMAL
PLUGS

LIGHTS

NORMAL
PLUGS
CABLE SCHEDULE CABLE SCHEDULE
NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH: NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH:
1 4 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 3 x 95mmØ BCEW 7 1 x 35mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 35mmØ BCEW
2 2 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 8 1 x 25mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 25mmØ BCEW
3 1 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 9 1 x 16mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 16mmØ BCEW
4 2 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 10 1 x 10mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 10mmØ BCEW
5 1 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 11 1 x 6mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 6mmØ BCEW
6 1 x 50mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 50mmØ BCEW 12

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
A.RAU CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC LAYOUT L.C
J. TEESSEN
2
3
2018/09/07
2018/09/13
UPDATED SCHEMATIC LAYOUT
ISSUED FOR TENDER
L.C
L.C
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/13 As indicated 1 OF 1 3
A1
2018/09/13 J. TEESSEN
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DB-PR-1 AND DB-PR-2 SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0617
L. LOUW
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-R-1 SPECIFICATIONS DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-R-2 SPECIFICATIONS DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-R-3 SPECIFICATIONS
BUS RATING As Noted BUS RATING As Noted
LEGEND:
BUS RATING As Noted
FAULT LEVEL As Noted FAULT LEVEL As Noted FAULT LEVEL As Noted MINIATURE CIRCUIT
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed BREAKER
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed
ACCESS Front Back Both ACCESS Front Back Both (6kA + 10kA)
ACCESS Front Back Both
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both MOULDED CASE
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both CIRCUIT BREAKER
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both T=DENOTES BUSBAR
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors TAPP OFF UNIT
LIMITING DIMS LIMITING DIMS LIMITING DIMS
AIR CIRCUIT
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE BREAKER OR H.V.
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED CIRCUIT BREAKER
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label
FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH
1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE SPARE SPACE 30%
1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 25 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE SPARE SPACE 30% FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH ISOLATOR
SPARE SPACE 30% 1x 25 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FUSE SWITCH

N N
N

60A
SPARE SPACE

60A
D-POLE D-POLE

60A
D-POLE

DB-R1 NORMAL 6kA DB-R2 NORMAL 6kA


DB-R3 NORMAL 6kA
EARTHING
CONNECTION
10A 10A 10A 10A 20A 20A 10A 10A 10A 10A 20A 20A
10A 10A 10A 10A 20A 20A
TS TIME SWITCH

Surge Arrestors
Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
FS FIREMANS SWITCH

FI FIRE INTERFACE

PC PHOTOCELL

KS KEY SWITCH

MS MASTER SWITCH

SS STOP/START SWITCH

A AMMETER

M METER

C CONTACTOR

R RELAY

V VOLTMETER
x10 x10 x10 x10
x10 x10

BPS
BYPASS SWITCH

L1 to L10 L11 to L20 L1 to L10 L11 to L20


L1 to L10 L11 to L20 E/L EARTH LEAKAGE
VOLTAGE PRESENCE
INDICATOR LIGHTS

21W / LIGHT

21W / LIGHT
21W / LIGHT

21W / LIGHT

10 LIGHTS/CIRCUIT

10 LIGHTS/CIRCUIT

SPARE
SPACE
10 LIGHTS/CIRCUIT

10 LIGHTS/CIRCUIT

SPARE
SPACE

21W / LIGHT

21W / LIGHT
10 LIGHTS/CIRCUIT

10 LIGHTS/CIRCUIT

SPARE
SPACE
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-R-4 SPECIFICATIONS DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-R-5 SPECIFICATIONS
BUS RATING As Noted BUS RATING As Noted
FAULT LEVEL As Noted FAULT LEVEL As Noted
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed
ACCESS Front Back Both ACCESS Front Back Both
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both
FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH
CONSTRUCTION With Doors
1x 25 mmØ No Doors
4 CORE CABLE Lockable Doors 1x 25 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE CONSTRUCTION With Doors
1x 25 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE No Doors Lockable Doors 1x 25 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
LIMITING DIMS LIMITING DIMS
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label
SPARE SPACE 30% N SPARE SPACE 30% N
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

60A
D-POLE
60A

D-POLE

DB-R4 NORMAL 6kA DB-R5 NORMAL 6kA

10A 10A 10A 10A 20A 20A 10A 10A 10A 10A 20A 20A
Surge Arrestors
Surge Arrestors

x10 x10 x10 x10

L1 to L10 L11 to L20 L1 to L10 L11 to L20


CABLE SCHEDULE CABLE SCHEDULE
NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH: NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH:
4 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 3 x 95mmØ BCEW 1 x 35mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 35mmØ BCEW
21W / LIGHT

21W / LIGHT

1 7
10 LIGHTS/CIRCUIT

10 LIGHTS/CIRCUIT

SPARE
SPACE
21W / LIGHT

21W / LIGHT
10 LIGHTS/CIRCUIT

10 LIGHTS/CIRCUIT

SPARE
SPACE

2 2 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 8 1 x 25mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 25mmØ BCEW
3 1 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 9 1 x 16mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 16mmØ BCEW
4 2 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 10 1 x 10mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 10mmØ BCEW
5 1 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 11 1 x 6mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 6mmØ BCEW
6 1 x 50mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 50mmØ BCEW 12

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
A.RAU CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C
J. TEESSEN
2
3
2018/09/07
2018/09/13
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
ISSUED FOR TENDER
L.C
L.C
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/13 As indicated 1 OF 1 3
A1
2018/09/13 J. TEESSEN
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DB-R-1 TO DB-R-5 SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0618
L. LOUW
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-R-1 SPECIFICATIONS LEGEND:
BUS RATING As Noted
FAULT LEVEL As Noted MINIATURE CIRCUIT
BREAKER
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed (6kA + 10kA)
ACCESS Front Back Both
MOULDED CASE
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CIRCUIT BREAKER
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both T=DENOTES BUSBAR
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors TAPP OFF UNIT
LIMITING DIMS AIR CIRCUIT
BREAKER OR H.V.
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE
CIRCUIT BREAKER
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label
SPARE SPACE 30% ISOLATOR
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FUSE SWITCH

SPARE SPACE

EARTHING
CONNECTION

TS TIME SWITCH

FS FIREMANS SWITCH

FI FIRE INTERFACE

PC PHOTOCELL

FED FROM DB-MAIN WITH FED FROM DB-MAIN/E WITH KS KEY SWITCH
1x 70mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 70mmØ 4 CORE CABLE MS MASTER SWITCH
2
SS STOP/START SWITCH

A AMMETER

M METER

150A

150A
C CONTACTOR

R RELAY

V VOLTMETER
DB-IT 15kA DB-IT /E 15kA

BPS
BYPASS SWITCH

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
20A

20A

20A

20A
16A 16A 30A 30A 16A 16A 30A 30A 30A E/L EARTH LEAKAGE
VOLTAGE PRESENCE
INDICATOR LIGHTS

x2 x2 x2 x2 x2

L1 & L2 P1 & P2 ISO1 & ISO2 L3 & L4 P3 & P4

UPS 1

UPS 2

UPS 3
FEED TO

FEED TO

FEED TO
STEEL
LIGHTS

LIGHTS
NORMAL

NORMAL
BARRIER
FEED
PLUGS

PLUGS
ISO

CABLE SCHEDULE CABLE SCHEDULE


NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH: NR. DESCRIPTION EARTH:
1 4 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 3 x 95mmØ BCEW 7 1 x 35mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 35mmØ BCEW
2 2 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 8 1 x 25mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 25mmØ BCEW
3 1 x 95mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 95mmØ BCEW 9 1 x 16mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 16mmØ BCEW
4 2 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 10 1 x 10mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 10mmØ BCEW
5 1 x 70mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 70mmØ BCEW 11 1 x 6mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 6mmØ BCEW
6 1 x 50mmØ 4 CORE CU CABLE 1 x 50mmØ BCEW 12

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
A.RAU CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC LAYOUT L.C
J. TEESSEN
2
3
2018/09/07
2018/09/13
UPDATED SCHEMATIC LAYOUT
ISSUED FOR TENDER
L.C
L.C
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/13 As indicated 1 OF 1 3
A1
2018/09/13 J. TEESSEN
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DB-I.T SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0619
L. LOUW
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-R-1 SPECIFICATIONS DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-R-2 SPECIFICATIONS DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-R-3 SPECIFICATIONS
BUS RATING As Noted BUS RATING As Noted BUS RATING As Noted
LEGEND:
FAULT LEVEL As Noted FAULT LEVEL As Noted FAULT LEVEL As Noted MINIATURE CIRCUIT
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed BREAKER
ACCESS Front Back Both ACCESS Front Back Both ACCESS Front Back Both (6kA + 10kA)
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both MOULDED CASE
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both CIRCUIT BREAKER
T=DENOTES BUSBAR
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors TAPP OFF UNIT
LIMITING DIMS LIMITING DIMS LIMITING DIMS
AIR CIRCUIT
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE BREAKER OR H.V.
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED CIRCUIT BREAKER
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label
SPARE SPACE 30% FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH SPARE SPACE 30% FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH SPARE SPACE 30% FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH ISOLATOR
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE

FUSE SWITCH

SPARE SPACE

60A

60A
60A
DB-SHOP 1 DB-SHOP 2 DB-SHOP 3
NORMAL 6kA NORMAL 6kA NORMAL 6kA EARTHING
CONNECTION

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
10A 10A 40A 16A 10A 10A 40A 16A 10A 10A 40A 16A
TS TIME SWITCH

FS FIREMANS SWITCH

60A

60A
60A

FI FIRE INTERFACE

E/L E/L E/L PC PHOTOCELL

KS KEY SWITCH

MS MASTER SWITCH

20A

20A

20A

20A
20A

20A

SS STOP/START SWITCH

A AMMETER

M METER

C CONTACTOR

R RELAY

V VOLTMETER

BPS
BYPASS SWITCH

L1 SPARE L1 SPARE L1 SPARE E/L EARTH LEAKAGE

SIGNAGE

SIGNAGE
SIGNAGE

VOLTAGE PRESENCE
INDICATOR LIGHTS

LIGHTS

LIGHTS
LIGHTS

NORMAL

NORMAL
NORMAL

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

PLUGS
SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-R-4 SPECIFICATIONS DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-R-5 SPECIFICATIONS DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-R-5 SPECIFICATIONS
BUS RATING As Noted BUS RATING As Noted BUS RATING As Noted
FAULT LEVEL As Noted FAULT LEVEL As Noted FAULT LEVEL As Noted
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed
ACCESS Front Back Both ACCESS Front Back Both ACCESS Front Back Both
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors
LIMITING DIMS LIMITING DIMS LIMITING DIMS
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label
SPARE SPACE 30% SPARE SPACE 30% SPARE SPACE 30%
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

60A

60A
60A

DB-SHOP 4 DB-SHOP 5 DB-SHOP 6


NORMAL 6kA NORMAL 6kA NORMAL 6kA
Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
Surge Arrestors

10A 10A 40A 16A 10A 10A 40A 16A 10A 10A 40A 16A
60A

60A
60A

E/L E/L E/L


20A

20A

20A

20A
20A

20A

L1 SPARE L1 SPARE L1 SPARE


SIGNAGE

SIGNAGE
SIGNAGE

LIGHTS

NORMAL

LIGHTS

NORMAL
LIGHTS

NORMAL

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS
SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
A.RAU CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C
J. TEESSEN
2
3
2018/09/07
2018/09/13
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
ISSUED FOR TENDER
L.C
L.C
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/13 As indicated 1 OF 1 3
A1
2018/09/13 J. TEESSEN
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DB-SHOP 1 TO DB-SHOP 6 SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0620
L. LOUW
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-R-1 SPECIFICATIONS DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-R-2 SPECIFICATIONS DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-R-3 SPECIFICATIONS
BUS RATING As Noted BUS RATING As Noted BUS RATING As Noted
LEGEND:
FAULT LEVEL As Noted FAULT LEVEL As Noted FAULT LEVEL As Noted MINIATURE CIRCUIT
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed BREAKER
ACCESS Front Back Both ACCESS Front Back Both ACCESS Front Back Both (6kA + 10kA)
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both MOULDED CASE
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both CIRCUIT BREAKER
T=DENOTES BUSBAR
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors TAPP OFF UNIT
LIMITING DIMS LIMITING DIMS LIMITING DIMS
AIR CIRCUIT
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE BREAKER OR H.V.
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED CIRCUIT BREAKER
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label
SPARE SPACE 30% SPARE SPACE 30% FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH SPARE SPACE 30% FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH
FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH ISOLATOR
1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 1x 16 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FUSE SWITCH

SPARE SPACE

60A

60A
60A
DB-SHOP 8 DB-SHOP 9
DB-SHOP 7 NORMAL 6kA
NORMAL 6kA NORMAL 6kA EARTHING
CONNECTION

Surge Arrestors

Surge Arrestors
10A 10A 40A 16A
Surge Arrestors

10A 10A 40A 16A 10A 10A 40A 16A


TS TIME SWITCH

FS FIREMANS SWITCH

60A

60A
60A
FI FIRE INTERFACE
E/L E/L PHOTOCELL
E/L PC

KS KEY SWITCH

MS MASTER SWITCH

20A

20A

20A

20A
20A

20A

SS STOP/START SWITCH

A AMMETER

M METER

C CONTACTOR

R RELAY

V VOLTMETER

BPS
BYPASS SWITCH

L1 SPARE EARTH LEAKAGE

SIGNAGE
L1 SPARE L1 SPARE E/L

SIGNAGE
SIGNAGE

VOLTAGE PRESENCE
INDICATOR LIGHTS

LIGHTS

NORMAL

LIGHTS

NORMAL
SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS
LIGHTS

NORMAL

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS
SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-R-4 SPECIFICATIONS


BUS RATING As Noted
FAULT LEVEL As Noted
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed
ACCESS Front Back Both
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors FED FROM DB-G-2 WITH
LIMITING DIMS 1x 25 mmØ 4 CORE CABLE
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label
SPARE SPACE 30%
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
80A

DB-KITCHEN
NORMAL 6kA
Surge Arrestors

10A 10A 40A 16A


60A

E/L
20A

20A

L1 SPARE
SIGNAGE
LIGHTS

NORMAL

SPARE
SPACE
PLUGS

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/05/31
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN A.RAU
BY
CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/07/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C
J. TEESSEN
2
3
2018/09/07
2018/09/13
UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
ISSUED FOR TENDER
L.C
L.C
REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/13 As indicated 1 OF 1 3
A1
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DB-SHOP 7 TO DB-SHOP 9 2018/09/13 J. TEESSEN
AND DB-KITCHEN SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0621
L. LOUW
DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-UTILITY SPECIFICATIONS DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB-KIOSK SPECIFICATIONS
BUS RATING As Noted BUS RATING As Noted LEGEND:
FAULT LEVEL As Noted FAULT LEVEL As Noted
MINIATURE CIRCUIT
TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed TYPE Floor Standing Surface Mounted Recessed BREAKER
ACCESS Front Back Both ACCESS Front Back Both (6kA + 10kA)
CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both CABLE ENTRY Top Bottom Both
MOULDED CASE
CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both CABLE EXIT Top Bottom Both CIRCUIT BREAKER
CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors CONSTRUCTION With Doors No Doors Lockable Doors T=DENOTES BUSBAR
TAPP OFF UNIT
LIMITING DIMS LIMITING DIMS
COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE COLOUR Frame WHITE Normal Panel WHITE AIR CIRCUIT
BREAKER OR H.V.
UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED UPS Panels PURPLE/BLUE Emergency Panel RED CIRCUIT BREAKER
PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label PROTECTION Cascading Cascading Warning Label
SPARE SPACE 30% SPARE SPACE 30%
ISOLATOR
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FUSE SWITCH

SPARE SPACE

EARTHING
CONNECTION

TS TIME SWITCH

FS FIREMANS SWITCH

FI FIRE INTERFACE

PC PHOTOCELL

KS KEY SWITCH

MS MASTER SWITCH

SS STOP/START SWITCH

A AMMETER

M METER

C CONTACTOR

R RELAY

V VOLTMETER

BPS
BYPASS SWITCH

1200A

100A
E/L EARTH LEAKAGE
DB-UTILITY 20kA DB-KIOSK 6kA VOLTAGE PRESENCE
INDICATOR LIGHTS
125A

900A 900A 250A 250A 250A 250A 250A 60A 40A

M M

6kA 5kA

40A 25A 25A 80A 25A 25A 25A 25A


40A

E/L

25A 25A

x2 x2 x10 x6 x5 x5

OP1 to OP2 OL1 to OL2 A/C 1 A/C 2 OL1 to OL5 OL6 to OL10 OL11
PUMP1

PUMP2

PUMP3

PUMP3

PUMP4

LIGHTS

LIGHTS
LIGHTS

PARKING
PLUGS

SPARE
SPACE

SPARE
SPACE
SPARE
SPACE

SITE
DB-KIOSK

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/07/13
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
A.RAU CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/09/07 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C
J. TEESSEN
2 2018/09/13 ISSUED FOR TENDER L.C REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/13 As indicated 1 OF 1 2
A1
2018/09/13 J. TEESSEN
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR DB-UTILITY AND DB-KIOSK SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0622
L. LOUW
UTILITY ROOM MV ROOM GENERATOR
ROOM

600kVA 600kVA 600kVA 600kVA


GENERATOR 1 GENERATOR 2 GENERATOR 3 GENERATOR 4

2
UTILITY UTILITY
SUPPLY 1 SUPPLY 2

SCHNEIDER SM6-24 SCHNEIDER SM6-24 SCHNEIDER SM6-24


DM1-A DM1-A NSM CABLES
630A 630A 1000A 1000A 1000A 1000A
TC TC 630A 630A
TC TC
x2 CC x2 CC
x2 CC x2 CC
M M
M M
2000A
400V

2000A 2000A
350/5 350/5
x3 x3 350/5 350/5
x3 x3

SCHNEIDER POWER SCHNEIDER POWER 1000KVA 1000KVA


SCHNEIDER POWER SCHNEIDER POWER
LOGIC 5320 LOGIC 5320
LOGIC 5320 LOGIC 5320

11KVA 11KVA

630A 630A
VT8 11kV/110V VT8 11kV/110V VT8 11kV/110V VT8 11kV/110V
200Va 200Va
200Va 200Va
CL1 CL1
CL1 CL1

630A BUSBAR RMU


630A BUSBAR

FUTURE ILS
SUPPLY
SCHNEIDER SM6-24
SCHNEIDER SM6-24 SCHNEIDER SM6-24 SCHNEIDER SM6-24
DM1-A
DM1-A DM1-A DM1-A
630A TC 630A
630A TC 630A TC TC
x2 CC
x2 CC x2 CC x2 CC
M
M M M

350/5
x3 350/5 350/5 350/5 350/5
x3 x3 x3 x3

SCHNEIDER POWER
SCHNEIDER POWER SCHNEIDER POWER SCHNEIDER POWER SCHNEIDER POWER
LOGIC 5320
LOGIC 5320 LOGIC 5320 LOGIC 5320 LOGIC 5320

VT8 11kV/110V VT8 11kV/110V VT8 11kV/110V VT8 11kV/110V VT8 11kV/110V
200Va
200Va 200Va 200Va 200Va
CL1
CL1 CL1 CL1 CL1

TRANSFORMER
800kVA

TERMINAL
BUILDING LV

TERMINAL BUILDING
SUB STATION

SCHNEIDER SM6-24
DM1-A
630A TC

x2 CC

350/5
x3

SCHNEIDER POWER
LOGIC 5320

VT8 11kV/110V
200Va
CL1

630A BUSBAR

SCHNEIDER SM6-24 SCHNEIDER SM6-24 SCHNEIDER SM6-24


DM1-A DM1-A DM1-A
630A TC 630A TC 630A TC

x2 CC x2 CC x2 CC

M M M

350/5 350/5 350/5


x3 x3 x3

SCHNEIDER POWER SCHNEIDER POWER SCHNEIDER POWER


LOGIC 5320 LOGIC 5320 LOGIC 5320

VT8 11kV/110V VT8 11kV/110V VT8 11kV/110V


200Va 200Va 200Va
CL1 CL1 CL1

EXISTING TRANSFORMER TRANSFORMER


BUILDING 630kVA 630kVA

REFERENCE DRAWINGS REVISIONS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER: DRAWN BY:


NAME:
DRAWINGS No DRAWING DESCRIPTION REV
0
DATE
2018/07/13
DESCRIPTION
ISSUED FOR DETAIL DESIGN
BY
A.RAU CONTRACTA - KUMASI AIRPORT NAME L. LOUW
L. CARDOSO DETAIL DESIGN
PROF. Reg.No: DESIGN BY:
1 2018/09/13 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C
J. TEESSEN
2 2018/09/19 UPDATED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L.C REG NO
DATE: CHECKED BY: 2018/09/19 As indicated 1 OF 1 2
A1
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR UTILITY ROOM, MAIN MV 2018/09/19 J. TEESSEN
ROOM, GENETATOR ROOM AND SUB STATION SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY:
P0003-TB-05-ELC-0623
L. LOUW
Appendix D:

Standard Specifications
Page 2 of 58

Contents
1 Section 1: Supply and Installation of Cable Sleeve Pipes ................................................................ 5
1.1 General.................................................................................................................................... 5
1.2 Bore and Jointing .................................................................................................................... 5
1.3 Standard Tests......................................................................................................................... 5
1.4 Pipe Positions .......................................................................................................................... 5
1.5 Spacing .................................................................................................................................... 5
1.6 Pipe Lengths ............................................................................................................................ 6
1.7 Depths ..................................................................................................................................... 6
1.8 Method of Laying .................................................................................................................... 6
1.9 Inspection................................................................................................................................ 6
2 Section 2: Low Voltage PVC and XLPE Insulated Power Cables ...................................................... 8
2.1 Scope ....................................................................................................................................... 8
2.2 Standard .................................................................................................................................. 8
2.3 Conductors .............................................................................................................................. 8
2.4 Insulation ................................................................................................................................ 8
2.5 Bedding ................................................................................................................................... 8
2.6 Armouring ............................................................................................................................... 8
2.7 Serving..................................................................................................................................... 8
2.8 Marking ................................................................................................................................... 8
2.9 Tests ........................................................................................................................................ 8
2.10 Cable Drums ............................................................................................................................ 8
3 Section 3: DB and Meter Boards ................................................................................................... 10
3.1 Standards .............................................................................................................................. 10
3.2 General.................................................................................................................................. 12
3.3 Construction.......................................................................................................................... 12
3.4 Electrical Equipment ............................................................................................................. 13
3.5 Labelling ................................................................................................................................ 16
3.6 Drawings ............................................................................................................................... 18
3.7 Installation ............................................................................................................................ 18
4 Section 4: Wireways, Floor Ducting and Busbar Trunking ............................................................ 20
4.1 Scope ..................................................................................................................................... 20
4.2 Standards .............................................................................................................................. 20
4.3 Conduit .................................................................................................................................. 20
Page 3 of 58

4.4 Underfloor Ducting ............................................................................................................... 27


4.5 Power Skirting ....................................................................................................................... 27
4.6 Trunking ................................................................................................................................ 28
5 Section 5: Wiring and Terminals ................................................................................................... 33
5.1 Scope ..................................................................................................................................... 33
5.2 Standards .............................................................................................................................. 33
5.3 General.................................................................................................................................. 33
5.4 Materials ............................................................................................................................... 33
5.5 Installation ............................................................................................................................ 34
6 Section 6: Lighting Installation ...................................................................................................... 38
6.1 Scope ..................................................................................................................................... 38
6.2 Standards .............................................................................................................................. 38
6.3 General.................................................................................................................................. 38
6.4 Material ................................................................................................................................. 38
6.5 Installation ............................................................................................................................ 39
6.6 Lighting Schedule .................................................................................................................. 40
7 Section 7: Power Outlets .............................................................................................................. 43
7.1 Scope ..................................................................................................................................... 43
7.2 Standards .............................................................................................................................. 43
7.3 General.................................................................................................................................. 43
7.4 Material ................................................................................................................................. 43
7.5 Installation ............................................................................................................................ 43
8 Section 8: Telephone Installation ................................................................................................. 46
8.1 Scope ..................................................................................................................................... 46
8.2 Standards .............................................................................................................................. 46
8.3 General.................................................................................................................................. 46
8.4 Materials ............................................................................................................................... 46
8.5 Installation ............................................................................................................................ 47
9 Section 9: Earthing and Lightning Protection Installation ............................................................ 50
9.1 Scope ..................................................................................................................................... 50
9.2 Installation ............................................................................................................................ 50
9.3 Earthing of Lightning and Surge Protection Modules ........................................................... 51
9.4 Protection of the Installation ................................................................................................ 52
9.5 Test to be Carried Out........................................................................................................... 58
Page 4 of 58

Section 1:
Supply and Installation of
Cable Sleeve Pipes
Page 5 of 58

1 Section 1: Supply and Installation of Cable Sleeve Pipes


1.1 General
The pipes shall be reinforced concrete, asbestos cement, polyethylene, or alternative pipe complying
with this specification.
The pipes shall be 4,25 metres in length with a minimum wall thickness of 5 mm and mass not
exceeding 45 kg per pipe length.
1.2 Bore and Jointing
The nominal inside diameter of the pipes shall be between 96 and 115 mm with a tolerance of 5 mm
from the specified nominal diameter. The bore shall be accurate, smooth and without surface cracks
and the inside edges shall be edged or rounded.
The edging or rounding shall be such that no ridge is formed when two pipes are joined and with the
edges of the jointed pipes up to 5 mm apart.
A suitable slip collar or other simple device to maintain the 5-mm spacing after the installation of the
sleeves, shall be provided.
The joints shall be flexible enough and have enough play to allow for a 5° adjustment in adjacent
pipe lengths during installation or in the case of subsequent subsidence of the ground.
The joints need not be watertight but shall stop sand and other materials entering the sleeves.
1.3 Standard Tests
All pipes shall withstand a shock test conforming to the requirements of BS 3505.
BS 3505:1986 Specification for un-plasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC-U) pressure pipes for
cold potable water
All pipes shall furthermore pass the break resistance test specified hereafter and the contractor shall
submit a test certificate of a test carried out on a sample.
The electricity department reserves the right to request that the tests be repeated in the presence
of their representative.
The test load shall gradually be applied near the centre and perpendicular to the pipe by means of
two wooden blocks, each with a V-shaped edge lined with a 6-mm layer of felt.
The bottom block shall be 600 mm long and the block on top of the pipe shall be 300 mm long and
positioned in the centre of the bottom block.
The sleeve pipe shall withstand a load of 8 kN per one minute without cracking while the vertical sag
shall not exceed 25 mm.
1.4 Pipe Positions
The positions of the pipes will be indicated on the drawings. The pipes must be installed strictly in
accordance with the drawings to facilitate future location of the pipes.
1.5 Spacing
The distance between pipes shall be not less than 50 mm where more than one pipe is installed.
Pipes shall be installed in two staggered layers with a minimum distance of not less than 50 mm
between pipes where more than six pipes are specified for a crossing.
Page 6 of 58

1.6 Pipe Lengths


The pipes shall be extended 1,5 m on either side of the tarmac or other road surface.
1.7 Depths
The pipes shall be installed at a depth of not less than 1 m below the top of the kerb. Where other
services are to be crossed within one meter from the pipe end and the specified clearance between
services cannot be maintained, the pipes shall be installed at a depth to allow crossing underneath
the other service maintaining the minimum specified clearance and without the bending of the
cables.
The minimum clearance between electric cables and other services shall be as follows:
Post Office cables : 0,3 m
Water pipes : 1m
Other pipes : 0,3 m
Sewage pipes : 0,3 m
Storm water pipes : 0,3 m
Other electric cables : 0,15 m
1.8 Method of Laying
The papers shall be bedded on to a 50-mm layer of sifted sand. A 50-mm sand cover shall be
backfilled over the pipes and thoroughly compacted.
The pipes shall be laid straight without kinks.
Joints shall be carried out with suitable couplings to prevent movement between pipe ends.
After installation al foreign matter in the pipe shall be cleared with a man drill.
A 2,5-mm diameter galvanized steel wire extending 1 m on either side of the pipe crossing shall be
installed in every pipe.
The pipes shall be sealed with PVC plugs to prevent the entry of sand before backfilling.
The necessary precautions during further construction activities shall be made to prevent damage to
the pipes.
Where pipes are installed during the road construction, the pipe positions shall be marked with the
letter "E" cut or casted into the concrete of the kerb.
1.9 Inspection
The contractor shall arrange with the Engineer to inspect the cable sleeves after the sleeves have
been installed and before the trench is backfilled.
Page 7 of 58

Section 2:
Low Voltage PVC/ XLPE
Insulated Power Cables
Page 8 of 58

2 Section 2: Low Voltage PVC and XLPE Insulated Power Cables


2.1 Scope
This specification covers the supply of 600 / 1000 V PVC and XLPE insulated power and control
cables. All cables shall be rated 600 / 1000 V.
2.2 Standard
Cables shall be manufactured strictly in accordance with the requirements of the latest edition of BS
ISO 19203:2018.
BS ISO 19203:2018 Hot-dip galvanized and zinc-aluminium coated high tensile steel wire
for bridge cables. Specifications

2.3 Conductors
Conductors shall consist of untinned annealed copper wires in accordance with the latest edition of
BS 1363-2.
2.4 Insulation
The insulating material shall comprise of PVC/XLPE in accordance with the latest edition of BS 1363-
2.
2.5 Bedding
The bedding shall consist of a continuous PVC/XLPE extruded sheath.
2.6 Armouring
The armouring shall consist of one layer of round galvanised steel wire complying with the
requirements of the latest edition of BS 1363-2.
2.7 Serving
An impermeable PVC outer sheath complying with the latest edition of BS 1363-2 shall be provided.
2.8 Marking
As per the requirements of the latest edition of BS 1363-2. The number of cores and cross-sectional
area shall be included in the marking.
2.9 Tests
All routine tests as prescribed by the latest edition of BS 1363-2 shall be carried out and test
certificates shall be submitted in duplicate for each cable drum delivered to site.
2.10 Cable Drums
The cable drums shall be capable of taking a round spindle and be lagged with strong, closely fitted
battens, at the inner and outer circumference so as to prevent damage to the cables. The spindle
bearing plates shall be steel. The dimensions of the drum shall not exceed 1 100 mm width, 2 000
mm diameter and the spindle bearing plate shall not be less than 9 mm thick. Each drum shall be
clearly marked on both sides in accordance with the latest edition of BS 1363-2.
The ends of the PVC sheathed cable shall be sealed to avoid penetration of moisture. Each cable
drum shall be numbered.
The end protruding from the drum shall be protected against mechanical damage.
Page 9 of 58

Section 3:
DB and Meter Boards
Page 10 of 58

3 Section 3: DB and Meter Boards


3.1 Standards
The latest edition of the following particular specifications and Codes of Practice shall be read in
conjunction with the section:
BS EN 1362:1997 Identification card systems. Device interface characteristics. Classes
of device interfaces
BS 1363-2:2016+A1:2018 13 A plugs, socket-outlets, adaptors and connection units.
Specification for 13 A switched and un-switched socket-outlets
BS 1363-4:2016+A1:2018 13 A plugs, socket-outlets, adaptors and connection units.
Specification for 13 A fused connection units switched and un
switched
BS 1371 Founding. Liquid penetrant testing. Sand, gravity die and low
pressure die castings
BS 142-3-3.2:1990 Electrical protection relays. Requirements for single input energizing
quantity relays. Specification for single input energizing quantity
measuring relays with dependent specified time
BS 1433 Specification for copper for electrical purposes - Rod and bar
BS 159 Specification for high-voltage busbars and busbar connections
BS 3871 Specification for miniature and moulded case circuit-breakers.
Miniature air-break circuit-breakers for a.c. circuits
BS 3938: 1973 Specification for current transformers
BS 3941: 1975 Specification for voltage transformers
BS 4662:2006+A1:2009 Boxes for flush mounting of electrical accessories. Requirements,
test methods and dimensions
BS 5419 Specification for air-break switches, air-break disconnectors, air-
break switch disconnectors and fuse combination units for voltages
up to and including 1000-volt A.C. or 1200-volt D.C.
BS 5467: 1997 Electric cables. Thermosetting insulated, armoured cables for
voltages of 600/1000V and 1900/3300V
BS 6004: 2000 Electric cables. PVC insulated, non-armoured cables for voltages up
to and including 450/750V, for electric power, lighting and internal
wiring
BS 6007: 2006 Electric cables. Single core unsheathed heat resisting cables for
voltages up to and including 450/750V, for internal wiring
BS 6480: 1988 Power cables, impregnated paper insulated, lead or lead alloy
sheathed electric cables
BS 6622: 2007 Electric cables. Armoured cables with thermosetting insulation for
rated voltages from 3.8/6.6kV to 19/33kV. Requirements and test
methods
Page 11 of 58

BS 6724: 1997 Electric cables. Thermosetting insulated, armoured cables for


voltages of 600/1000V and 1900/3300V, having low emission of
smoke and corrosive gasses when affected by fire
BS 6946:1988 Specification for metal channel cable support systems for electrical
installations.
BS 7197: 1990 Specification for performance of bonds for electric power cable
terminations and joints for system voltages up to 36kV
BS 7211: 1998 Electric cables. Thermosetting insulated, unarmoured cables for
voltages up to & including 450/750V, for electric power, lighting &
internal wiring, and having low emission of smoke and corrosive
gases when affected by fire
BS 7375: 1991 Code of practice for distribution of electricity on construction and
building sites
BS 7671: 208 + A3: 2015 Requirements for Electrical Installations. IET Wiring Regulations
BS 7835: 2007 Electric cables. Armoured cables with thermosetting insulation for
rated voltages from 3.8/6.6kV up to 19/33kV having low emission of
smoke and corrosive gases when affected by fire. Requirements and
test methods
BS 7870-1: 1996 LV & MV polymeric insulated cables for use by distribution and
generation utilities. General
BS 88-2:2007 Low-voltage fuses. Supplementary requirements for fuses for use by
authorized persons (fuses mainly for industrial application).
Examples of standardized systems of fuses A to I
BS EN 50300:2004 Low-voltage switchgear and control gear assemblies. General
requirements for low-voltage substation cable distribution boards.
BS EN 60265-1:1998 Specification for high-voltage switches. Specification for high-
voltage switches. High-voltage switches for rated voltages of 52 kV
and above
BS EN 60439-3:1991+A2:2001 Low-voltage switchgear and control gear assemblies. Particular
requirements for low-voltage switchgear and control gear
assemblies intended to be installed in places where unskilled
persons have access to their use. Distribution boards
BS EN 60669-1:1999+A2:2008 Switches for household and similar fixed-electrical installations.
General requirements
BS EN 60669-2-1:2004+A12:2010 Switches for household and similar fixed electrical
installations. Particular requirements. Electronic switches
BS EN 60889: 1997 Hard drawn aluminium wire for overhead line conductors
BS EN 60898-2:2006 Electrical accessories. Circuit-breakers for overcurrent protection for
household and similar installations. Circuit-breakers for a.c and d.c.
operation
BS EN 60947-2:2017 Low-voltage switchgear and control gear. Circuit-breakers
Page 12 of 58

BS EN 61558-2-5:2010 Safety of transformers, reactors, power supply units and


combinations thereof. Particular requirements and tests for
transformer for shavers, power supply units for shavers and shaver
supply units
3.2 General
3.2.1 The design and construction of the Distribution Board shall comply with BS EN 50300:2004.
3.2.2 All distribution boards shall be of adequate size to accommodate specified equipment and a
minimum of 30% spare capacity shall be allowed for future equipment unless specifically
stated in the detail specification.
3.3 Construction
3.3.1 Recessed and semi-recessed distribution boards
Distribution boards shall consist of the following parts:
The bonding tray shall be constructed from 1,60 mm corrosion resistant mild sheet steel. Bracing
gussets with cam-shaped slots shall be welded on the four corners. Knock-outs shall be provided in
the upper and lower sides of the distribution boards. Expanded metal shall be spot-welded to the
back of all bonding trays for 102,5mm thick walls.
The architrave frame shall be constructed from 1,20mm sheet steel with square edges. The
architrave frame shall form 25mm border around bonding tray and shall be fixed to the tray in such
a manner as to allow for adjustment for the inequalities in wall the finish.
A minimum of 75mm shall be allowed between the inside of the architrave frame and the
equipment.
Distribution board numbers consisting of white engraved lettering on a black background shall be
fixed to the top of the architrave frame.
Doors shall be constructed from 1,20mm sheet steel, reinforced to ensure rigidity. Doors shall be
mounted flush in architrave frames. Door catches shall be constructed of chromium-plated brass
and shall be mounted flush in the door. Built-in locks shall be provided when specified in the
distribution board schedule.
The chassis shall be fixed to the architrave frame. The chassis shall be reinforced, with the necessary
provision for fixing of the switchgear. A distance of 75mm shall be allowed between rows of
equipment.
Panels shall be rigidly constructed from 1,6mm sheet steel with machine-cut openings for flush
mounted equipment. Panels shall be fixed to the architrave frame on studs with chromium plated
hexagon dome headed nuts, or captive fasteners such as "DZUS" or "CAMLOC" such that a clearance
of 40 mm is maintained between panels and doors. Chromium-plated handles shall be supplied to
facilitate removal of panels.
Busbars shall be of tinned HDHC solid copper with adequate cross-section and shall only be supplied
if called for in the Schedules (part 5). Busbars are to be mounted on suitable isolators and shall be
drilled and tapped.
Each distribution board shall be supplied with copper neutral and earth bars. Adequate terminals
shall be provided.
Each busbar must be supplied with one larger terminal for the feeder cable.
Wiring shall be by means of PVC insulated conductors with sizes to suit the relevant switchgear.
Page 13 of 58

The ends of wires shall be provided with suitable lugs, firmly crimped or soldered for connection to
busbars.
Wiring shall, where possible, be carried out in front of the chassis and shall be neatly bound in
horizontal and vertical rows by means of approved plastic cable ties. Wiring shall be kept free of any
current carrying parts.
Ends of wires which are connected to the clamps of miniature circuit breakers, shall be turned
together firmly before insertion into terminals.
Finish: Welding joints and steelwork shall be ground smooth and free from blemishes.
Metal components of the framework, panels and chassis, shall be painted in accordance with the
procedure detailed below. Baked enamel or electrostatically applied powder coating may be used.
3.3.2 Surface preparation
Prior to painting, all metal parts shall be thoroughly cleaned of rust, mill scale, grease and foreign
matter to a continuous metallic finish. Sand or shot blasting, or acid pickling and washing may be
employed for this purpose.
3.3.3 Baked enamel finish
Immediately after cleaning all surfaces shall be covered by a rust inhibiting, tough, unbroken metal
phosphate film and then thoroughly dried. Within forty-eight (48) hours after phosphating, a
passivating layer consisting of a high-quality zinc chromate primer shall be applied, followed by two
(2) coats of high quality baked enamel. The minimum paint thickness after baking shall be 0,6mm.
The paint shall have a shock resistance of 25 kg-cm on 0,9mm soft steel plate and a scratch
resistance of 2 kg.
3.3.4 Powder coated finish
Immediately after cleaning the metal parts shall be pre-heated and then covered by a micro
structured paint powder applied electrostatically. The paint shall be baked on and shall harden
within 10 minutes at a temperature of 190°C. The minimum paint thickness after baking shall be
0,05 m and the paint cover shall have a shock resistance of 25 kg-cm on 0,9 mm soft steel plate and
a scratch resistance of 2 kg.
3.3.5 Surface mounted distribution boards
Surface mounted distribution boards shall comply with BS EN 50300:2004 and shall be similar to the
specification for flush mounted boards, except that the architrave frames and bonding trays are not
required. In this case a box shall be supplied manufactured from 1,60 mm corrosion resistant sheet
steel with knock-outs at the top and bottom for conduit entry. The board shall have a 25-mm wide
frame around the flush mounted door, if required.
3.4 Electrical Equipment
3.4.1 Isolator
Moulded case isolators shall be of the ON-LOAD type similar and equal to "Schneider".
Heavy duty metalclad isolators must be similar and equal to "Schneider". Toggles shall be interlocked
with the covers. All isolators shall comply with BS EN 50300:2004.
To distinguish the switches from circuit breakers the operating handles of isolators shall have a
distinctive colour and where called for in the "detail specification" the switch shall be clearly and
indelibly labelled "ISOLATOR".
Page 14 of 58

3.4.2 Moulded case air circuit-breakers (MCB)


This section covers single or multi-pole moulded case circuit-breakers for use in power distribution
systems, suitable for panel mounting, for ratings up to 2000A, 600V, 50 Hz a.c.
The overload protection and time lag settings for large frame multi-pole MCB's shall be either
adjustable or non-adjustable as specified in the "detail specification".
All miniature or small frame circuit-breakers shall be of the free-handle type for panel mounting with
time lag and non-adjustable overload protection. The silver alloy contacts, quick acting mechanism,
heavy brass terminals and magnetic trip unit shall be housed in black phenolic moulded case. Circuit
breakers shall be continuously rated at 1,5 x trip current with a fault capacity as specified in the
"detail specification" but of not less than 5000A.
All MCB's shall comply with BS 3871 and shall be similar and equal to "Schneider" manufacture.
3.4.3 Metal clad air circuit-breakers, withdrawable type
This section covers withdrawable air circuit-breakers for use in power distribution system up to 1 kV,
50 Hz.
The circuit-breakers shall be metal clad and shall comply with BS 3871.
The circuit-breakers shall be withdrawable and shall be a self-contained unit of the dead front type,
with the necessary mechanical interlocks to prevent:
a) Access to "LIVE" terminals when the circuit-breaker is withdrawn.
The withdrawal or insertion of the unit, when the circuit-breaker is in the closed position.
Closing of the circuit-breaker following an automatic trip condition without re-setting the
mechanism.
Adjustable thermal overload releases shall be provided to suit the required current range. In
addition, instantaneous magnetic short circuit trips which are adjustable shall be fitted. This delay
adjustment shall be bypassed with an instantaneous making current release when the circuit-
breaker is closed to prevent the delay timer from operating when the circuit-breaker is closed on a
fault.
b) The air circuit-breakers shall be of the quick-make and quick-break type with a stored-energy
spring assisted operating mechanism provided with:
• a trip free mechanical hand operated closing mechanism;
• a manually operated mechanical trip mechanism suitably protected to prevent
inadvertent tripping;
• A positively driven mechanical device to provide (ON/OFF/TRIP indication). This
indication shall be clearly visible with the circuit-breaker in position.
Provision shall exist for the addition, if required, of a supply-side under voltage release.
Air circuit-breakers shall have electrically separate auxiliary contacts as specified. Where none is
specified two N/O and two N/C auxiliary contacts shall be provided.
Shunt trips and electrical stored energy circuit-breakers shall be interlocked to prevent repeated
operation of the trips or winding mechanisms when the circuit-breaker is in the tripped or closed
position.
All non-current carrying metal parts of air circuit-breakers shall be solidly interconnected and
connected to an earth contact on the truck which shall engage with a mating contact or copper plate
on the cradle which is connected to the earth busbar of the switchboard. The arrangement shall be
Page 15 of 58

such that the air circuit-breaker frame is earthed in the test position and before the circuit-breaker
contacts engage the live fixed contacts.
The fixed cradle shall be of high mechanical strength.
The air circuit-breaker shall have RACKED-OUT, TEST and ENGAGED positions which shall be clearly
marked.
The air circuit-breaker shall bear a clearly legible rating plate indicating the current rating, breaking
capacity and voltage rating.
Extension type operating handles shall be fixed to the air circuit-breaker on completion of the
installation.
A description and illustration of the circuit-breaker as well as trip curves, operating manuals and
rupturing test certificates shall be provided.
Circuit-breakers shall be de-rated if necessary to compensate for the following environmental
factors:
• Maximum ambient air temperature in excess of 40oC or the daily average ambient air
temperature in excess of 30oC. This is especially important with regard to the type of
enclosure in which the circuit-breaker is to be installed.
• Height above sea level.
• Operational duty cycle and estimated loading.
Metal clad air circuit-breakers, withdrawable type, shall be similar and equal to " Schneider "
manufacture.
3.4.4 Fuses
All fuses shall be of the standard cartridge type, non-aging with a high rupturing capacity (HRC) and
shall be similar and equal to English Electric type "T".
All fuses used for distribution systems shall conform to the following standards:
BS 88-2:2007 Low-voltage fuses. Supplementary requirements for fuses for use by
authorized persons (fuses mainly for industrial application). Examples of
standardized systems of fuses A to I.
BS 2562: 1979 Specification for cable boxes for transformers and reactors.
Fuses of the types described above and conforming to the relevant DIN (49510, 49511, 49522,
49360, 49367) and VDE (0635, 0660) standards are also acceptable.
3.4.5 Types
The following fuses and fuse holder types are acceptable for use in distribution and power systems:
A cartridge type fuse-link, fitting into a fuse carrier, together with a fuse base with fixed terminals.
The fuse can be removed by taking out the fuse carrier and then removing the fuse from the carrier.
Rewireable fuses are not acceptable and shall not be used.
Fuses shall be equipped with moulded plastic covers or rigid isolating barriers shall be installed
between the fuses. Sufficient spacing to prevent accidental contact when inserting or withdrawing
fuses shall be maintained. The covers or barriers shall be manufactured for the specific fuses to be
used.
Fuses and holders shall not contain any parts than can wear unduly or distort.
Page 16 of 58

3.4.6 Ratings
Fuse ratings shall be accurate to within 5% of the published value for unused fuses and shall not vary
significantly after long periods of service.
Fuses shall be de-rated for ambient temperatures above 25°C in accordance with the Supplier's
recommendation. If no such recommendation exists, a derating factor of 1%/°C above 25°C shall be
applied.
Fuses shall be de-rated for elevations of more than 1000m above sea level in accordance with the
Supplier's recommendation. If no such recommendation exists, a derating factor of 1%/300 m above
1000 m above sea level shall be applied.
3.4.7 Lighting arresters
Lighting arresters shall be similar and equal to "DEHN Guard" and shall comply with BS 142-3-
3.2:1990. Lightning arresters are to be installed close to the earth electrode and connected to it by
means of copper tape following the shortest possible route.
3.4.8 Time-switches
Time-switches shall be of the synchronous type with 24-hour cycle and spring reserve with a transfer
period of at least 24 hours. A suitable 24-hour day and night astronomic dial shall be supplied with
one "ON" and one "OFF" lever and with a minimum period between settings of 15 minutes.
Contacts shall be of silver alloy with continuous rating of 20A. Time-switches shall be mounted in
dust-proof enclosures with lockable covers. Time-switches shall be similar and equal to " Schneider”
type.
3.4.9 Earth leakage relays
This section covers single and three-phase earth leakage relays with a sensitivity of 30mA, with
associated circuit-breaker.
The earth leakage relay shall conform to BS EN 60439-3:1991+A2:2001 as amended and shall be
similar and equal to " Schneider " manufacture.
On load switches used integrally with earth leakage units shall comply with BS 5419.
3.4.10 Contactors
Contactors shall comply with the requirements and shall satisfactorily withstand the thermal and
dynamic effects arising from the magnitude and duration of through fault currents dictated by the
characteristics of the associated protective devices.
Contactors shall be triple-pole electromechanically operated air-break type, held in or latched
pattern as specified.
Contactors shall be classified as utilization category AC3 uninterrupted duty for motor starting and
as utilization category AC1 intermittent duty, Class 1, 60% for heater duty.
Contactors shall be fitted with the required auxiliary contacts as indicated on the circuit diagrams.
These shall be rated at not less than 10 A and shall be positively driven in both directions.
3.5 Labelling
Care shall be taken to ensure that all equipment is fully labelled and accurate descriptions appear in
one or both of the official languages.
a) Labels shall consist of either -
b) Engraved sandwich board ("Traffolyte", "Darvic" or equal).
Page 17 of 58

c) Reverse engraved acrylic material ("Perspex") with filled letters and reverse sprayed.
d) Labels shall be rectangular in form with proportions appropriate to the wording, and shall
have true, parallel, lightly bevelled edges and shall be neatly and squarely fixed.
Engraving shall be of uniform height, character and line width.
The type of material or process shall be such as to finish with black letters against a white
background, except in the case of cautionary labels where the letters shall appear white on a
red background.
For outdoor applications (where specified) labels shall be brass or aluminium (with letters
filled in black), lightly sanded with fine grit paper and clear lacquered.
All lettering shall be in upper-case letters except where standard abbreviations of units are
used, e.g. kWh, kVA, etc.
The material used shall be selected having regard to the size and fixing methods of the label
and the label shall not warp in service.
Labels shall be fixed by the use of either -
e) Self-tapping screws
Metal-thread screws and nuts.
These shall be nickel plated in either case and adequate clearance shall be allowed around
lettering to accommodate these. Adhesive fixing alone will not be accepted. Extruded
aluminium section is preferred, provided the label is firmly held.
All terminal strips shall be labelled in conformity with the associated circuit and connecting
diagrams.
Labels shall contain the following minimum information:
f) The equipment name in both Afrikaans and English.
The equipment plant reference number (tag no).
Main switchboards shall have a main designation label prominently displayed on the outside
of the switchboard. The lettering shall be 10mm high. Distribution boards shall be identified
by means of a label fixed to the architrave frame or doors. The lettering shall be 10 mm
high.
Flush equipment within doors or front panels shall be identified with labels fixed to the
doors or front panels. The labels for equipment installed behind panels shall be fixed to the
chassis close to the equipment. Where the positioning of equipment is such that descriptive
labels cannot be accommodated or where the equipment is identified by means of labels
containing circuit numbers, the abbreviations and/or circuit numbers shall be identified on a
legend card. Where blanked off slots are provided for future equipment, these spaces shall
be labelled in accordance with the circuit numbers and/or the code used for existing circuits
on the switchboard and shall not bear the inscription "SPARE". The codes for spare circuits
shall be identified as "SPARE" on the legend card. The legend card shall be of A5 size acrylic
plastic panels and shall be installed on the inside of the switchboard door or in any other
prominent position.
All information contained on the legend card shall be typed in black. Hand written
descriptions shall not be accepted.
All labels identifying equipment shall have 5mm high lettering.
Page 18 of 58

3.6 Drawings
Three copies of the following drawings shall be submitted for approval prior to the manufacturing of
the distribution boards:
a) Dimensions outline drawings of the distribution boards; and
b) Typical layout of the equipment in the distribution boards.
3.7 Installation
The distribution boards shall be installed in the positions indicated on the drawings and at the
heights specified in the detail specification.
Page 19 of 58

Section 4:
Wireways, Floor Ducting and
Busbar Trunking
Page 20 of 58

4 Section 4: Wireways, Floor Ducting and Busbar Trunking


4.1 Scope
This section covers the supply and installation of conduit, trunking- and power skirting- wireways
and accessories, floor ducting and busbar trunking.
4.2 Standards
The latest edition of the following particular specifications and Codes of Practice shall be read in
conjunction with this section:
BS 7375: 1991 Code of practice for distribution of electricity on construction and
building sites
BS EN 50300:2004 Low-voltage switchgear and control gear assemblies. General
requirements for low-voltage substation cable distribution boards.
BS 142-3-3.2:1990 Electrical protection relays. Requirements for single input energizing
quantity relays. Specification for single input energizing quantity
measuring relays with dependent specified time
BS 1433 Specification for copper for electrical purposes - Rod and bar
BS 159 Specification for high-voltage busbars and busbar connections
BS 2562: 1979 Specification for cable boxes for transformers and reactors
BS 5419 Specification for air-break switches, air-break disconnectors, air-
break switch disconnectors and fuse combination units for voltages
up to and including 1000-volt A.C. or 1200-volt D.C.
BS 731 Flexible steel conduits for cable protection and flexible steel tubing
to enclose flexible drives
BS 89-2:1990 Direct acting indicating analogue electrical measuring instruments
and their accessories. Specification for special requirements for
ammeters and voltmeters
BS EN 60129:1994 Specification for alternating current disconnectors and earthing
switches
BS EN 60265-1:1998 Specification for high-voltage switches. Specification for high-
voltage switches. High-voltage switches for rated voltages of 52 kV
and above
BS EN 60298:1996 A.C. metal-enclosed switchgear and control gear for rated voltages
above 1 kV and up to and including 52 kV
BS EN 61439-6:2012 Low-voltage switchgear and control gear assemblies. Busbar
trunking systems (busways)
4.3 Conduit
4.3.1 General
This specification covers the supply and installation of conduits and allows for the following types of
conduit installations:
a) Screwed metallic conduit - black enamelled and galvanised
b) Plain-end metallic conduit - black enamelled and galvanised
Page 21 of 58

c) Non-metallic PVC conduit


d) Flexible metallic and non-metallic conduit.
4.3.2 Materials
a) Screwed metallic conduit and accessories
Screwed metallic conduits shall comply with BS EN 60298:1996. Screwed metallic conduits shall
comprise of a heavy gauge, welded or solid drawn, black enamelled or hot-dipped galvanised,
screwed steel tube.
Galvanised conduits shall be hot-dipped on both the inside and outside thereof, in accordance with
BS ISO 19203:2018.
All conduit ends shall be reamed and threaded on both sides and shall be delivered to site with a
steel coupling fitted at one end and a plastic screw on cap on the opposite end.
All screwed metallic conduit accessories shall be of malleable cast iron or pressed steel with brass
bushes and all accessories shall be in accordance with BS EN 60298:1996. No alloy or pressure cast
metal accessories or zinc base alloy fittings will be accepted.
All accessories whether galvanised or black enamelled shall be supplied with brass screws.
Locknuts are to be of the narrow, hexagonal type. Ring type lock nuts shall not be accepted except
when used in round grouping boxes.
Bush nuts and male or female conduit bushes shall be manufactured from solid brass. Brassed alloy
bush nuts and bushes shall not be accepted.
b) Plain-end metallic conduit and accessories
As an alternative to threaded metallic conduit, plain-end or unthreaded metallic conduit and
accessories may be used.
Plain-end conduit shall be manufactured from mild steel having a minimum wall thickness of 0,9 mm
and shall comply with BS EN 60298:1996.
Bending and setting of plain-end conduit shall be undertaken using the correct bending apparatus as
recommended by the manufacturer of the conduit.
Galvanised conduits shall be hot-dipped on both the internal and external surfaces, in accordance
with BS ISO 19203:2018.
All plain-end metallic conduit accessories shall be of malleable cast iron or pressed steel and shall
comply to BS EN 60298:1996.
c) PVC conduit and accessories
PVC conduit shall comply with BS 731.
PVC conduit shall be constructed from rigid PVC and shall be supplied in standard 4 metre lengths.
PVC conduit shall be white in colour and shall be non-inflammable. The minimum softening
temperature shall be at 75°C.
All PVC conduit accessories shall be fully in accordance with BS 731.
d) Flexible conduit
Flexible steel conduit and adaptors shall comply with BS 731, where applicable. Flexible steel
conduit shall be of a galvanised steel construction which is not required to be waterproof, but shall
be vermin proof and suitable for protection of cables against mechanical damage.
Page 22 of 58

In moist or damp areas flexible steel conduit shall be of the plastic sheathed galvanised steel type.
Flexible polypropylene tubing shall only be fastened to PVC conduit installations.
e) Earth clamps
Earth clamps shall comprise of copper strips having a minimum thickness of 1 mm and shall not be
less than 12 mm wide. Earth clamps shall be provided complete with a 25-mm x 4 mm brass bolt,
washer and nut and shall be constructed so that the clip can be firmly attached to the conduit
without the need for any additional packing.
f) Flush mounted steel wall boxes
Flush mounted steel wall boxes shall be manufactured from heavy gauge sheet steel and shall be
galvanised. All wall boxes shall comply with BS 2562: 1979.
The boxes shall be provided with the necessary mounting lugs to suite the units for which the box is
intended. Mounting highs shall be drilled and tapped at 82,5mm centres suitable for fastening
either flush mounted switch and socket outlet units. All fastening screws shall be provided with the
box.
Single gang wall boxes shall be approximately 500mm wide by 100mm long by 50mm deep, with one
knock-out at each end and at the back, and with two knock-outs on each side thereof.
Double gang wall boxes shall be approximately 100mm wide by 100 mm long by 50mm deep, with
two knock-outs on each end and with at least two knock-outs on the back, and on each side.
All knock-outs are to be suitable for making-off 20 mm diameter conduits.
g) Flush mounted PVC wall boxes
Flush mounted PVC wall boxes shall be manufactured from rigid PVC and shall be white in colour. All
PVC wall boxes shall comply with BS 731.
The boxes shall be provided with the necessary mounting lugs to suite the units for which the box is
intended. Mounting lugs shall be drilled at 82,5mm centres and shall be provided with no 6 u.n.c.
screw threads.
The boxes shall be of approximately the same physical dimensions as those specified in clause (f)
above for steel wall boxes and shall have 20mm knock-outs.
Facilities shall be provided for the fixing of earth terminals to the box.
h) Round group-type steel boxes
The boxes shall be manufactured in accordance with BS EN 60298:1996 where applicable.
The boxes shall be of the long spout pattern and shall be constructed from either store enamelled
jet black or galvanised steel, or from malleable cast iron. The two cover fixing holes shall be
diagonally opposite each other, and shall be drilled and tapped at 50 mm centres.
The internal dimensions shall be approximately 60mm in diameter by 60mm deep for use in
concrete work. Shallower boxes shall be used in open roof spaces.
Threaded spouts shall be suitable for 20 mm diameter conduit.
Round box covers shall be constructed from pressed enamelled or galvanised steel and shall be
seared by using brass screws.
Page 23 of 58

i) Round group-type PVC boxes.


The boxes shall be similar in shape to those specified in clause (viii) above and shall have spouts
which are to be reinforced with webs.
The cover screw pillars shall be provided with tapped brass inserts and provision shall be made for a
brass earthing terminal adjacent to one or both of the pillars.
PVC round box covers shall be of PVC and shall be secured by means of 2 cadmiums plated or brass
screws at 50mm centres.
The boxes shall be fully in accordance with BS 731.
j) Draw wires
All draw wires for unused conduits shall comprise of galvanised steel wire having a minimum
diameter of 2mm.
4.3.3 Installation
a) Screwed metallic conduit
In general, screwed steel conduit shall be used in the wiring of buildings.
The installation shall conform to par 5.4 of BS 7375: 1991.
All joints in conduit tubing shall be red leaded to prevent rust.
Galvanised conduit and accessories shall be used in the following circumstances and normally be
electro-galvanised or cadmium plated:
i. In damp areas
ii. In areas exposed to the weather
iii. For all installations within 50 km of the coast. (These conduits and accessories shall be
hot-dip galvanised to BS ISO 19203:2018).
iv. In plenum chambers containing humidifying equipment.
v. For surface mounted conduit installations in kitchens and boiler rooms.
vi. In screed resting directly on soil.
vii. For connection points to future installations.
viii. For underground conduit containing earthing conductors.
ix. In buildings where animals are housed such as cattle, sheep, dogs, etc.
Screwed conduits shall be terminated by means of a brass female bush and two lock
nuts in pressed steel switchboards and distribution boxes, cable ducts, power skirting,
etc. The conduit end shall only project far enough through the hole to accommodate
the bush and locknut.
A female bush and two lock nuts shall be used to terminate conduits at draw boxes and
outlet boxes without spouts should there be sufficient room in the box. Where there is
insufficient room, a coupling, brass male bush and locknut may be used with sufficient
allowance for the reduction of the internal diameter by the male bush.
Mechanical and electrical continuity shall be maintained throughout the conduit
installation. The resistance of a completed joint shall not exceed 0,2ohm.
Under no circumstances shall conduit be relied upon for earth continuity
• Plain-end metallic conduit
Where specified plain-end conduit shall be installed. The following shall apply:
Page 24 of 58

Bending and setting of plain-end conduit shall be done with special benders and apparatus
manufactured for this purpose. Damaged conduit resulting from the use of incorrect bending
apparatus shall be completely removed and rectified at the electrical contractor's expense.
• PVC conduit
Where specified for a particular service, PVC conduit shall be installed.
All PVC conduit shall be installed in accordance with Appendix C, BS 731.
Insulated heat-resistant boxes shall be used for outlets of totally enclosed luminaires and other
fittings where excessive temperatures are likely to occur.
Luminaires and other fittings shall not be supported by PVC conduit of conduit boxes. These fittings
shall be secured to the surrounding structure in an acceptable way.
• Flexible conduit
In installations where the equipment has to be moved frequently to enable adjustment during
normal operation, for the connection of motors or any other vibrating equipment, for the
connection of thermostats and sensors on equipment, for stove connection and where otherwise
required, flexible conduit shall be used for the final connection to the equipment.
Flexible conduit shall be connected to the remainder of the installation by means of a draw box. The
flexible conduit may be connected directly to the end of a conduit if an existing draw box is available
within 2m of the junction and if the flexible conduit can easily be rewired.
Flexible conduit shall consist of metal reinforced plastic conduit or PVC covered metal conduit with
an internal diameter of at least 15mm, unless approved to the contrary. In false ceiling voids,
flexible conduit of galvanised steel constructions may be used. Connectors for coupling to the
flexible conduit shall be of the gland or screw-in type, manufactured from either brass or mild steel
plated with zinc or cadmium.
• Installation requirements
All accessories such as boxes for socket outlets, switches, lights, etc shall be accurately positioned. It
is the responsibility of the electrical contractor to ensure that all accessories are installed level and
square at the correct height from the floor, ceiling or roof level as specified. It shall be the
responsibility of the electrical contractor to determine the correct final floor, ceiling and roof levels
in conjunction with the principle contractor. Draw boxes shall not be installed in positions where
they will be inaccessible after completion of the installation. Draw boxes shall be installed in
inconspicuous positions to the approval of the engineer's representative and shall be indicated on
the "as built" drawings.
Galvanised steel draw wires shall be installed in all unwired conduit, e.g. conduits for future
extensions, telephone installations and other services.
The edge of flush mounted outlet boxes shall not be deeper than 10mm from the final surface.
Spacer springs shall be used under screws where necessary.
Oversize cover plates shall be provided on all flush mounted round conduit boxes, where required.
Surface mounted boxes shall be provided with standard size cover plate.
• Installation in concrete
In order not to delay building operations, the electrical subcontractor shall ensure that all conduits
and accessories which are to be cast in concrete are placed in position in good time. The electrical
contractor or his representative shall be in attendance when the concrete is cast.
Page 25 of 58

Draw boxes, expansion joints and round ceiling boxes shall be installed where required and shall be
neatly finished to match the finished slab and wall surfaces. Ceiling draw boxes shall be of the deep
type. In columns where, flush mounted draw boxes are installed, the conduits shall be offset from
the surface of the column immediately after leaving the draw box.
Elbows for conduits of 32mm diameter and smaller and sharp bends will not be allowed in concrete
slabs.
Draw boxes and/or inspection boxes shall, where possible, be grouped together under a common
approved cover plate. The cover plate shall be secured by means of screws.
All conduits shall be installed as close as possible to the neutral axis of concrete beams, slabs and
columns. The conduits shall be rigidly secured to the reinforcing to prevent movement towards the
surface of the concrete.
All conduits, draw boxes etc, shall be securely fixed to the shuttering to prevent displacement when
concrete is cast. Draw boxes and outlet boxes shall preferably be secured by means of a bolt and
nut installed from the back of the box through the shuttering. Fixing lugs may also be used to screw
the boxes to the shuttering where off-shutter finishes are required. Where fibre glass shuttering is
used by the builder, the equipment shall be fixed to the steel only and no holes shall be drilled or
made in shuttering. All draw boxes and outlet boxes shall be plugged with wet paper before they
are secured to the shuttering.
As far as possible, conduits shall not be installed across expansion joints. Where this is unavoidable
a conduit expansion joint shall be provided. The expansion joint shall consist of two draw boxes with
an interlinking flexible conduit connection. The draw box shall be installed adjacent to the
expansion joint of the structure and a conduit sleeve, one size larger than that specified for the
circuit, shall be provided on the side of the draw box nearest to the joint. The one end of the sleeve
shall terminate at the edge of the joint and the other shall be secured to the draw box. The circuit
conduit passing through the sleeve shall be terminated 40 mm inside the draw box and in the case of
metallic conduit, the conduit end shall be fitted with a brass bush. The gap between the sleeve and
the conduit at the joint shall be sealed with "Pratley Tic-Tac" or equal sealing compound, to prevent
the ingress of wet cement. In the case of metallic conduit, an earth clip shall be fitted to the conduit
projection inside the draw box and the conduit bonded to the box by means of 2,5mm² bare copper
earth wire and a brass bolt and nut. The other end of the circuit conduit shall be secured to the
draw box by means of lock nuts and a brass bush in the case of screwed metallic conduit or a
standard bushed adaptor for other conduit types. In addition to an earth wire which may be
specified for the circuit, a 2,5mm² bare copper wire shall be provided between the first conduit box
on either side of the joint in the case of metallic conduit. The conduit boxes shall be drilled and
tapped and the earth wire shall be bonded to the boxes by means of lugs and brass screws. Suitable
steel cover plates shall be screwed to draw boxes installed along the expansion joint. The cover
plates shall be installed before the ceiling is painted. Where a number of conduits are installed in
parallel they shall cross the expansion joint of the structure via a single draw box. A number of draw
boxes adjacent to each other will not be allowed.
The installation of conduits in floor screed shall be kept to a minimum. Where conduits are installed
in screed, the top of the conduit shall be at least 20mm below the surface of the screed. Where the
screed is laid directly on the ground, galvanised conduits shall be used. A minimum distance of twice
the outside diameter of the conduit shall be left free between adjoining conduits. Conduits shall be
secured to the concrete slab at intervals not exceeding 2,0m. The electrical contractor shall ensure
that conduits are not visible above the screed where the conduits leave the screed.
All draw boxes, conduits, etc, which are installed in concrete shall be cleaned with compressed air
and provided with draw wires two days after removal of the shuttering. Errors that occurred during
Page 26 of 58

the installation of the conduits, or any lost draw boxes, or blocked conduits shall be immediately
reported to the engineer by telephone and confirmed in writing in order that an alternative route
can be planned and approved by the engineer before the additional concrete is cast.
Where it is necessary to cut or drill holes in the concrete structure, prior permission shall be
obtained from the engineer in writing.
• Installation in brickwork
Recessed conduits and accessories installed in brickwork shall be built-in. In order not to delay
building operations the electrical contractor shall ensure that all conduits and accessories which are
to be built-in are placed in position in good time.
Any conduits, draw boxes, outlet boxes etc, which have been damaged, lost or omitted shall
immediately be reported to the engineer by telephone and confirmed in writing.
• Surface installations and installations in roof spaces
All conduits shall be installed horizontally or vertically as determined by the route. The electrical
contractor shall take all measures to ensure a neat installation.
Conduits shall be firmly secured by means of saddles and screws and in accordance with BS 7375:
1991. Conduits shall be secured within 150 mm before and after each 90o bend.
Only approved plugging materials such as fibre plugs or plastic plugs, etc, and round head brass
screws shall be used when fixing saddles, switches, plugs etc, to walls. Wood plugs are not
acceptable nor should plugs be installed in joints in brick walls.
• Chasing and builder's work
Except where otherwise specified the builder or principle contractor shall be responsible for building
in of conduits, outlet boxes, switchboard trays, bonding trays and other wall outlet boxes. The
electrical contractor shall notify the builder of his requirements and the responsibility lies with the
electrical contractor to ensure that all builder's work is clearly indicated or marked where necessary
and provided in accordance with his requirements.
Electrical materials to be built in must be supplied, placed and fixed in position by the electrical
contractor when required to do so by the builder or principle contractor. The electrical contractor
shall also ensure that these materials are installed in the correct positions.
Unless specifically stated to the contrary in the detail specification all flush mounted conduits,
accessories, switchboard trays, bonding trays etc, shall be built-in and no chasing shall be allowed.
• Mounting height of distribution boards, switches and socket outlets
Except where stated otherwise, mounting heights shall be as follows:
Distribution boards: top frame 2000mm above finished floor level
Switches: underside 1400mm above finished floor level
Socket outlets: underside 300mm above finished floor level
Telephone outlets: underside 300mm above finished floor level
All distribution boards, switches and socket outlets shall be of the flush mounted type except where
stated otherwise.
Page 27 of 58

• Position of outlets, equipment and conduit


Position of light outlets indicated on the plans are approximate. The exact positions of light outlets
shall be determined with due regard to ceiling squares, brandering and patterns. Where any doubt
arises as to the correct location of outlets, the engineer and/or architect shall be consulted.
The positions of other outlets, equipment and conduit are also approximate. The exact positions
shall be determined on site in consultation with the engineer and/or architect.
4.4 Underfloor Ducting
a) General
This section covers two or three compartment underfloor ducting in buildings.
b) Construction
The ducting and associated accessories shall be manufactured from 2 mm thick sheet steel. The
sheet steel shall either be galvanised prior to the manufacturing of the ducting or shall be epoxy
powder coated after manufacture.
The three-compartment ducting shall be subdivided into three approximately equal compartments,
of which the centre compartment shall be used for electrical power distribution with the outer two
compartments for other services.
Outlets shall be provided on a modular basis in the ducting for the installation of pedestal or
recessed outlets. The openings shall have removable flush cover plates and shall have tapped holes
for the installation of the pedestal or recessed outlets.
The under-floor ducting shall be complete with flush cross-over, T-junction and right-angle bend
draw boxes. The junction boxes shall be complete with cross-over of services and removal cover
plates secured by means of countersunk screws.
c) Pedestals
Pedestals suitable for two or three services as specified shall be manufactured from die-cast
aluminium or pressed steel. The pedestals shall be epoxy coated of an approved colour after the
manufacturing thereof.
d) Installations
The under-floor ducting with accessories shall be installed strictly in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
The ducting shall be fixed to the floor by approved means.
Up-bends shall be supplied and installed where ever the ducting is terminated at distribution boards,
telephone distribution boards or behind power skirting.
The power circuit wiring shall be installed in the centre compartment of the ducting. Sufficient slack
shall be left in the form of a loop at each outlet in the ducting in the area to be served by the
ducting. Galvanised draw wires shall be installed in the other compartments to enable cables to be
drawn in by others. The entire installation shall be effectively earthed and bonded together.
4.5 Power Skirting
a) General
This section covers the supply and installing of two or three compartment power skirting.
Page 28 of 58

b) Construction
The power skirting and covers shall be manufactured from 1 mm thick sheet steel or aluminium and
shall be manufactured in modular lengths. The length of the skirting shall not exceed 2,5 metres
and, unless otherwise specified in the detail specification, the covers shall be supplied in 1 metre
lengths.
The covers shall either snap on or shall be fixed by means of toggle or swivel nuts.
Each modular cover shall be punched and prepared for the installation of a standard three pin socket
outlet. The punched holes shall be blanked off with easily removable blanking plates, painted the
same colour as the power skirting. Suitable brackets shall be supplied for the fixing of the socket
outlet to the channel.
All internal and external bends and off sets shall be factory made.
The power skirting and cover shall be epoxy powder coated of an approved colour after the
manufacturing thereof.
c) Installation
Conduits for the circuit wiring to the power skirting shall be installed in the floor slabs and chased
into the walls to terminate in flush conduit boxes behind the power skirting at the heights of the
compartments for the telephone, power and other service compartments.
The wiring shall pass through large diameter holes, suitably bushed, cut in the rear of the power
skirting.
Where power skirting is interrupted by doorways bridging conduits shall be installed for each of the
service compartments.
4.6 Trunking
a) General
This section covers the supply and installation of trunking and accessories in buildings.
b) Materials
Rising and overhead busbar trunking shall be fully enclosed in a metal duct which shall form part of
the busbar support. The metal enclosure shall form an integral part of the bus section and shall be
of the same length as the conducting sections of the busbar. The covers of the busbar trunking shall
be secured to the framework by at least four points per section. Busbar covers shall be so designed
that they can be easily removed after installation of the trunking. Sections of the busbars which pass
through walls and floors shall have separate covers.
Two fire barriers of non-flammable, non-conducting material in the busbar trunking shall form an
integral part of each section of rising busbars.
The fire barriers shall be so placed as to prevent the spreading of fire from one floor to another but
shall not restrict the ventilation of the busbar.
Overhead busbars shall be equipped with fire barriers where the busbars pass through walls or
partitions.
Busbar trunking shall be of an approved manufacture.
Page 29 of 58

c) Rating
Busbars shall be either manufactured from aluminium or solid drawn high conductivity copper with a
rectangular cross-section, as specified in the "detail specification", part 2 of this document. Busbars
shall be in accordance with BS EN 60947-2:2017and BS 1433, 159 where applicable.
The rating shall be as specified in the detail specification with the maximum allowable temperature
of the busbars (including joints) carrying full load current in an ambient temperature as specified not
exceeding 80°C.
Busbars shall not be tapered and the neutral busbar in three-phase, four wire supplies shall have a
cross-section equal to 100% of the cross-section of the phase busbars.
An earth busbar shall be installed along the entire length of the busbar trunking and shall be
calculated according to BS 159 with a minimum cross-section of 6,3 x 20 mm.
d) Construction
The busbars shall be supported at a minimum of two points in each section and shall be supported
by a suitable resin bound synthetic material. The surface of these supports shall be treated to
prevent surface tracking. The fixing of the busbars shall be designed to withstand the mechanical
and thermal stresses during fault conditions at the specified fault level.
All non-current carrying metal parts of the trunking shall be bonded to the earth busbar.
Expansion joints shall be provided at intervals not exceeding 10 m to allow for a temperature
variation of 0° to 90°C. These expansion joints shall have the same current rating as the rest of the
busbar trunking.
All accessories shall be purpose-made and shall conform to the same specification as the busbars.
All ratings and the name and address of the manufacturer shall be indicated on a metal label fixed to
each section of the busbar trunking.
e) Installation
Trunking shall be of the size and type as specified in the detail specification.
The electrical subcontractor shall ensure that the trunking is installed in accordance with the routes
indicated on the relevant drawings.
However, should the electrical subcontractor discover that the indicated route is not practically
possible, or for some other reason the route clashes with other services, he shall immediately
contact the engineer for clarification in this regard.
f) Ceiling space
Trunking for use as wireways shall be installed subject to the approval of the local supply authority.
When installed in open ceiling spaces, trunking shall be mounted as close as is physically possible to
immediately below the apex of the roof to allow maximum working space. The trunking shall be
installed along the full length of the open ceiling space. Individual conduits shall be extended from
the trunking to switch and socket outlet boxes, light points, distribution boards, etc.
The trunking shall be installed in one straight length and all joints shall be both electrically and
mechanically continuous. The trunking shall only be installed where there is a minimum clearance of
750 mm as measured between the top of the final trunking installation and the underside of the roof
sheeting.
The trunking shall be securely fixed to every roof truss or member by means of round headed
screws.
Page 30 of 58

Both incoming and outgoing conduits shall be bonded to clean surfaces, both internally and
externally, by means of two locknuts and a female brass bush. A solid brass bush nut installed from
inside the trunking may also be used. Conduits which are extended from the trunking to outlets and
power points shall be installed along roof members. Suitable timber or other supports shall be
provided for free standing conduits extended from the trunking.
g) Suspending or fixing trunking against walls
The electrical subcontractor shall provide all the necessary hangers, supports, brackets and fixing
hardware for the securing of the trunking installation.
Trunking up to and including 76 mm x 76 mm shall be supported at regular maximum spacings of
600 mm and larger channels at regular maximum spacings of 1 m. Trunking runs shall be carefully
planned to prevent clashes with other services and to ensure that all covers can be easily removed
after completion of the installation.
Purpose made clamps and hangers shall be provided as required. Where however it is not possible
to support the trunking at the specified spacings, such trunking sections shall be supported in a
sound manner and to the approval of the engineer.
i. Cast in concrete
Where trunking is to be cast into concrete, the insert type of trunking shall be used. Spacer blocks
shall be used where required to prevent the trunking from being deformed during the casting of the
concrete.
The trunking shall be filled with polystyrene or other suitable fillers, prior to casting, to prevent the
ingress of concrete.
The trunking shall furthermore be securely fixed in position to the shuttering.
ii. Conduit connections
Conduit connections shall be bonded to clean surfaces, both internally and externally, by means of
either two locknuts and a female brass bush or by means of a solid brass nut inserted from the inside
of the trunking. Conduit connections may be made by means of a conduit box if the trunking is wide
enough to allow a hole to be punched through the back or side thereof. All holes through which
conductor’s pass shall be fitted with bushes, grommets or shall be aligned with PVC strip grommet.
iii. Joints and bends
Two adjoining lengths of trunking shall be aligned and shall be securely joined by means of fishplates
fixed by means of mushroom bolts, washers and nuts. Alternatively, connection pieces that are pop-
rivetted to both adjoining sections may be used.
All adjoining lengths of trunking shall be rectangular and shall burr tightly. Special care shall be
taken to ensure that the covers fit tightly across the joints.
Where the trunking passes through an expansion joint in the structure, suitable expansion joints
shall be provided in the trunking by means of fishplates which are to be pop-rivetted or screwed to
the trunking on one side of the expansion joint and floating flecky, without obstruction in the
trunking on the opposite side of the expansion joint.
Bends and T-joints shall be constructed to ensure compliance with the minimum allowable bending
radii as specified in BS 7375: 1991, in the case of PVC insulated cables and conductors.
All burrs and sharp edges shall be removed from the cut edges of the trunking and the inside edges
shall be lined with a suitable rubberised or plastic compound to prevent laceration of the conductor
insulation during installation.
Page 31 of 58

iv. Circuits
The conductors for each individual circuit, including the earth continuity conductor for that circuit,
shall be grouped together at regular spacings not exceeding 500 mm by means of PVC cable ties or
straps.
Each circuit to be installed inside the trunking shall be individually laid to avoid unnecessary tangling
of the grouped conductor.
The utilized cross-sectional area of the trunking shall not normally exceed 50% of the total cross
section of the specified trunking.
v. Earthing
A separate earth continuity conductor of size as specified in the detail specification shall be installed
from the main earth bar or terminal to the trunking where it shall be terminated to ensure a posture
earthing of the trunking.
The earth conductor shall be equipped with a crimped or soldered lug and shall be bolted to the wall
of the trunking by means of a 6 mm Ø brass bolt, washers and nut.
vi. Cover plates
Cover plates shall be installed over the full length of the installed trunking.
Flush mounted trunking shall be provided with overlapping metal cover plates with plastic edge trim
to cover irregularities in the wall recess.
Where required and when specified, in the detail specification, cover plates shall be attached to the
trunking by means of screws at suitable intervals to prevent warping.
vii. Vermin proofing
After installation all trunking shall be suitably vermin proofed. Any holes present in the trunking
shall be sealed by means of screwed metal plugs or else with metal strips which are tube-bolted or
pop-riveted to the trunking.
No timber or other temporary form of plug shall be accepted. Cover plates shall be installed over
the full length of the trunking.
Page 32 of 58

Section 5:
Wiring and Terminals
Page 33 of 58

5 Section 5: Wiring and Terminals


5.1 Scope
This section covers the supply, installation and connections of wiring inside approved wireways for
electrical installations in buildings or other structures under normal environmental conditions and
with a system voltage not exceeding 1000 V.
5.2 Standards
The latest edition of the following particular specifications and Codes of Practice shall be read in
conjunction with this section:
BS 7375: 1991: The wiring of premises Part 1: Low-voltage installations
BS 1363-2: 13 A plugs, socket-outlets, adaptors and connection units. Specification for
13 A switched and un-switched socket-outlets
BS 6007: 2006 Electric cables. Single core unsheathed heat resisting cables for voltages up
to and including 450/750V, for internal wiring
5.3 General
The electrical subcontractor shall only commence with the wiring of the installation, or part thereof,
after the complete conduit installation, or part thereof including the distribution board tray
supplying the circuits in that part of the installation, is complete.
The electrical subcontractor shall however ensure that the wiring of the electrical installation in the
building is completed prior to the main contractor. The electrical subcontractor shall be responsible
for the co-ordination of his proposed program for the wiring of the building with the main
contractors proposed painting program.
Any debris or moisture inside of wireways shall be removed prior to the installation of conductors.
5.4 Materials
5.4.1 Conductors
All wiring shall, unless expressly stated otherwise in the detail specification, comprise of PVC
insulated, stranded copper conductors and bare stranded copper or green PVC insulated, stranded
earth continuity conductors.
The conductors shall comprise of high conductivity annealed stranded copper conductors and shall
be insulated with general purpose PVC, of the 600/1000 V grade.
All conductors used for the wiring of the electrical installation shall comply with BS 1363-2.
Conductors shall be from new stocks and shall be delivered to site with unbroken seals.
5.4.2 PVC insulated unarmoured cables with a bare earth conductor
a) General
This section covers the following PVC insulated unarmoured cables with a bare earth conductor:
i. PVC insulated flat multicore cable with a bare earth conductor
ii. PVC insulated round multicore cable with a bare earth conductor and with metal
stiffening.
The cable shall comply with the requirements of BS 6007: 2006.
Page 34 of 58

b) Installation
The cables shall be installed in accordance with BS 6007: 2006 and as specified in the detail
specification.
The cables shall be terminated by means of PVC glands fitted with a neoprene seal. The neoprene
seal shall have a round opening for the round multicore cable and a rectangular shaped opening for
the flat multicore cable.
5.4.3 Wiring terminals
Terminal bodies and screws shall be constructed from non-corrosive metal, enclosed in fire resistant,
moulded plastic insulating bodies. No part of the terminal body or fastening screws shall project
beyond the insulating material which shall afford suitable protection against accidental contact by
personnel and against short circuits or tracking.
The terminal block and its associated mounting rail shall be constructed in such a manner as to
ensure a firm and positive fastening of the terminal block to the rail. Terminal blocks shall be held in
position by means of standard end clamps. It shall furthermore be possible to extend the terminal
block by adding additional terminal blocks within the terminal sequence without having to
disconnect or dismantle the terminal strip.
It shall be possible to intermix terminals of various sizes, for different conductor sizes, whilst utilising
the same mounting rail. Where smaller terminal blocks occur adjacent to larger terminal blocks,
suitable shielding barriers shall be inserted to conceal the terminals that might otherwise be
exposed.
The terminal bodies and clamping screws shall be so constructed as to ensure that conductors are
not needed or severed when the clamping screws are tightened. Screws shall not come into direct
contact with the conductors.
Each terminal block shall have provision for clip-in numbering or labelling strips to be installed,
together with protective, clear caps over the sheets.
5.5 Installation
The electrical subcontractor shall ensure that the wiring of the electrical installation for the building
or other structure is carried out in accordance with BS 7375: 1991.
5.5.1 Wire ways
All un-armoured conductors shall be installed in conduits, trunking or power skirting and such
conductors shall under no circumstances be exposed.
5.5.2 Circuits
The circuits for the complete electrical installation are indicated on the relevant drawings. The
following are the maximum number of points normally connected to each type of circuit unless
otherwise indicated on the drawings:
Light points per circuit = 8
Socket outlets per circuit = 4
Air conditioner points per circuit = 2
Stoves, etc. = 1
Conductors supplying circuits which are fed from different switchboards shall not be installed in the
same wire way. The wiring of one circuit only will be allowed in a 20-mm diameter conduit, with the
Page 35 of 58

exception of the wiring from switch boards to fabricated sheet metal boxes located close to
switchboards, in which case more than one circuit will be allowed. For larger conduit sizes the
requirements of BS 7375: 1991, shall be met.
5.5.3 Looping and joints
A loop-in wiring system where conductors are looped from outlet to outlet shall be employed. Joints
in conductors shall be avoided as far as possible but where it becomes unavoidable, joints will be
accepted in cable channels only and not in conduits. Joints shall be soldered or shall alternatively
consist of approved ferruling properly covered with the correct size heat-shrink sleeves. The use of
PVC insulation tape is not acceptable.
5.5.4 Grouping of conductors
In cases where the conductors of more than one circuit are installed in the same wireway, the
conductors of each separate circuit, including the circuit earth continuity conductor, shall be
grouped at intervals of at least one (1) metre using plastic cable ties. The conductors of different
circuits shall however remain separate in order to ensure that any given circuit may be withdrawn
from the wireway. Conductors entering distribution boards or control boards shall be grouped and
bound by means of plastic cable bands. The use of PVC insulation tape for grouping conductors will
not be accepted.
5.5.5 Pulling-through of conductors
The electrical subcontractor shall take utmost care whilst pulling conductors through conduit to
ensure that the conductors are not kinked, twisted or strained in any manner. Care shall
furthermore be taken to ensure that conductors do not come into contact with materials or surfaces
that may damage or otherwise adversely affect the insulation and durability of the conductor.
5.5.6 Conductor colours
The colours of conductor PVC insulation shall comply with BS 7375: 1991. The colours of conductors
for sub-circuits shall as far as possible correspond with the colour of the supply phase.
The colours of conductors for the wiring of two-way and intermediate switches shall preferably
differ from the colour of phase conductors.
5.5.7 Earth continuity conductors
Bare copper earth continuity conductors or green PVC insulated stranded copper earth continuity
conductors, as specified in the detail specification, shall be used throughout the installation.
When earth continuity conductors are looped between earth terminals of equipment, the looped
conductor ends shall be twisted together and then ferruled or soldered to ensure that a positive
earth continuity is maintained when the conductors are removed from any earth terminal.
Where bare copper earth wires are specified for circuits installed in power skirting and floor ducting,
the electrical subcontractor shall provide a suitable length of PVC sleeving over the bare earth
conductor where it passes behind or is connected to power outlets to ensure that such an earth
conductor does not come into contact with any live parts.
5.5.8 Wiring inside vertical wireways
Conductors installed in vertical wireways shall be secured at intervals not exceeding 5 m to support
the weight of the conductors. Approved clamps shall be supplied and installed in suitable draw-
boxes for this purpose.
Page 36 of 58

5.5.9 Conductor sizes


The conductor size for each circuit type is specified in the detail specification. In the event that a
conductor size is not specified in the detail specification, the following minimum conductor sizes
shall be used:
Minimum Conductor (Size)
Circuit
Phase (mm²) Earth (mm²)
Lighting 1,5 - 2.5 2,5
Socket outlet 2,5 - 4 2,5
Stove 6 6
Bell 1,5 1,5
Clock 1,5 1,5
Air conditioner 4-6 2,5 - 4

5.5.10 Single pole switches


Single pole switches shall be connected to the phase conductor and shall not be connected to the
neutral conductor.
5.5.11 Three phase outlets
With the exception of three phase outlets, wirings to circuits connected to different phases shall not
normally be present at lighting, switch or socket outlet boxes. Where this is unavoidable, barriers
shall be provided between terminals or connections of the various phases and the box shall be
suitably labelled internally to indicate the presence of three phase voltages.
A separate neutral conductor shall be installed together with each three-phase circuit to outlets
intended for equipment connection by means of isolators or sockets, irrespective of whether the
particular equipment normally requires a neutral or not.
5.5.12 Connections
The insulation of conductors shall only be removed over the portion of the conductors that enter the
terminals of switches, socket-outlets or other equipment. When more than one conductor enters a
terminal, the strands shall be securely twisted together. Under no circumstances shall any of the
strands be removed to enable easier insertion of the conductors into terminals.
No more than two conductors shall be permitted to be fastened to any one terminal.
The electrical subcontractor shall take care to ensure that the copper strands are not kicked during
the removal of the insulation.
PVC insulated conductors shall not be used for the direct connection to equipment where the
temperature exceeds 75°C, such as stoves, geysers, electric water heaters and high power
incandescent lamps. Silicon coated or other approved conductors shall be used in such cases.
5.5.13 Terminals
Terminals shall be sized and current rated to match the conductors that are connected to them.
Page 37 of 58

Section 6:
Lighting Installation
Page 38 of 58

6 Section 6: Lighting Installation


6.1 Scope
This section covers the supply, installation and connecting of light fittings and switches for electrical
installations in buildings or other structures.
6.2 Standards
The latest edition of the following particular specification and Codes of Practice shall be read in
conjunction with this section:
BS EN 60669-1:1999+A2:2008 Switches for household and similar fixed-electrical installations.
General requirements
BS 2562: 1979 Wall outlet boxes and cover plates
6.3 General
The electrical subcontractor shall only commence with the installation of light fittings after the
paintwork in the vicinity of the fitting is complete and dry. Care shall be taken to ensure that ceiling
boards and paintwork is not damaged during the installation of light fittings.
The type of light fittings to be used are indicated and specified on both the relevant drawings as well
as in the detail specification.
6.4 Material
6.4.1 Flush mounted switches
Flush mounted switches shall comply with BS EN 60669-1:1999+A2:2008.
All flush mounted switches shall be suitable for mounting in 100 x 50 x 50 mm galvanised steel wall
boxes unless otherwise specified in the detail specification.
The switch mechanism shall be of the tumbler operated micro-gap type with silent operation and
shall be rated for 16 A at 250 V and 50 Hz.
Switches shall have protected terminals for safe wiring. Multi-lever switches shall be constructed so
as to enable individual defective switches to be removed and replace without having to remove the
remaining switches.
The mounting holes provided on the yoke strap shall be slotted to allow for easy alignment. A brass
earthing terminal shall furthermore be provided on the yoke to ensure the positive earthing of the
switch assembly.
6.4.2 Switches with pilot light indication
Flush mounted switches with pilot light indication shall comply with the relevant International
Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) and the British Standards Institution (BS) specification.
Switches with pilot light indication shall be suitable for mounting in 100 x 50 x 50 mm galvanised
steel wall boxes.
The switch shall be rated at 16 A at 250 V and 50 Hz. A red neon indication lamp shall form an
integral part of the switch level and shall light-up when the switch is in the on position.
6.4.3 Cover plates for switches
Cover plates for flush mounted switches shall have levelled edges which overlap the wall box in
order to conceal all wall imperfections and shall conform to BS 2562: 1979.
Page 39 of 58

Cover plates shall be finished in ivory coloured baked enamel and shall bear the identical
manufacturing batch number.
6.4.4 Surface mounted switches
Surface mounted switches shall comply with BS EN 60669-1:1999+A2:2008.
Surface mounted switches shall consist of single or multiple switches, not exceeding four, and shall
be mounted in a pressed steel box of heavy duty construction.
The switch mechanism shall be of the tumbler operated micro-gap type with silent operation and
shall be rated for 16 A at 250 V and 50 Hz.
A brass earthing terminal shall furthermore be provided on the switch construction to ensure the
positive earthing of the switch assembly and enclosure.
The covers of surface mounted switches shall have toggle protectors.
6.4.5 Watertight Switches
Watertight switches shall consist of 10A switches on porcelain bases in cast iron or aluminium alloy
housing. Contacts must be of heavy duty brass construction and a quick acting spring mechanism
shall be fitted. A rigid operating knob shall be clearly marked to indicate the "ON" and "OFF"
positions. Conduit entry shall be provided through a tapped hole. The complete unit shall be
watertight.
6.4.6 Photo electric daylight switches
The unit shall comprise a photo cell, thermal actuator and change-over switch. The cover of the unit
shall be manufactured from a tough, durable material providing protection against tampering. The
cover shall have good weathering properties. It shall be ultra violet resistant and shall not
deteriorate when exposed to sunlight for prolonged periods.
The operation level shall be factory pre-set for "ON" at a light level of approximately 54 lux and
"OFF" at approximately 108 lux. Voltage variations shall not materially affect the operational levels.
A time delay of not less than 15 s shall be provided to prevent the unit from functioning due to
lightning or other short period changes in illumination.
The unit shall be effectively safeguarded against voltage surges by means of a suitable surge
protector which shall preferably form an integral part of the unit.
The unit shall be of the wall mounting type and shall be supplied complete with a suitable bracket.
The changeover switch shall be capable of switching 10 A alternating current at 230 volts.
6.5 Installation
6.5.1 Positions of light fittings
The mounting positions of light fittings is indicated on the relevant drawings and shall be verified on
site.
6.5.2 Mounting heights of light switches
Light switches shall be installed 1,4 metres above finished floor level unless specified to the contrary.
6.5.3 Mounting of light fittings
Incandescent surface mounted fittings shall be screwed to the ceiling by means of at least two 4 mm
diameter electroplated self-tapping screws. On concrete, plastered and brick surfaces good quality
plastic expansion plugs shall be used and on suspended and soft ceilings a solid timber backing strip
Page 40 of 58

of at least 40 x 40 mm timber shall be supplied and installed between supports and the screws fixed
to these backing strips.
Surface mounted fluorescent fittings will be firmly mounted to ensure close contact with the ceiling
over the entire length of the fitting. On concrete slabs the fittings shall be mounted by means of two
screws into the ceiling conduit box as well as two round headed 4 mm x 30 mm electroplated self-
tapping screws and plastic expansion plugs, one at either end. On suspended ceilings the fittings
shall be similarly mounted but timber backing strips of at least 40 x 40 x 450 mm shall be placed in
position on top of the ceiling board and the end screws secured to these strips to spread the load.
6.6 Lighting Schedule
All light fittings shall be supplied complete with lamps.

Type Description

Light fitting installation - Supply Safe storage, handling charges, installation and
connect of light fittings similar/equal with SS ballasts, with 5A, plug and 3m cord. 15 x
Lights per circuit.
2.1 THORLUX HI-BAR 750mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) - RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED
2.2 THORLUX HI-BAR 890mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) - RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED
2.3 THORLUX HI-BAR 1320mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) - RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED
2.4 THORLUX HI-BAR 1500mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) - RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED
2.5 THORLUX HI-BAR 1640mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) - RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED

2.5E THORLUX HI-BAR 1640mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) - RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED
COMPLETE WITH 1 HOUR BATTERY BACKUP
2.6 THORLUX HI-BAR 2070mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) - RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED

2.6E THORLUX HI-BAR 2070mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) - RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED
COMPLETE WITH 1 HOUR BATTERY BACKUP
2.7 THORLUX HI-BAR 3000mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) - RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED

2.7E THORLUX HI-BAR 3000mm (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) - RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED
COMPLETE WITH 1 HOUR BATTERY BACKUP
12.7 THORLUX HI-BAR LED (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) - RECESSED, OR SIMILAR APPROVED

21.1 BEACON EMMERGENCY WARNING LIGHT MOUNTED TO ROOF STRUCTURE AS PER


STRUCTURAL ENGINEER
9.1 THORLUX G2 LED DOUWNLIGHT (1x, 1110lm, 12W,4000) OR SIMILAR APPROVED

9.1E THORLUX G2 LED DOUWNLIGHT (1x, 1110lm, 12W,4000) OR SIMILAR APPROVED


COMPLETE WITH 1 HOUR BATTERY BACKUP
6.1 THORLUX G2 LED DOUWNLIGHT (1x, 1060lm, 10W,4000) OR SIMILAR APPROVED

6.1E THORLUX G2 LED DOUWNLIGHT (1x, 1060lm, 10W,4000) OR SIMILAR APPROVED


COMPLETE WITH 1 HOUR BATTERY BACKUP
17.1 THORLUX G2 LED DOUWNLIGHT (1x, 2345lm, 21W,4000) OR SIMILAR APPROVED
15.1 THORLUX A-LINE-ACRYLIC (2x, 1110lm, 12W,4000) OR SIMILAR APPROVED

15.1E THORLUX A-LINE-ACRYLIC (2x, 1110lm, 12W,4000) OR SIMILAR APPROVED COMPLETE


WITH 1 HOUR BATTERY BACKUP
14.1 THORLUX CLEANLINE LED (1x, 2950lm, 26W,4000) OR SIMILAR APPROVED
7.1 THORLUX CLEANLINE LED (1x, 4130lm, 38W,4000) OR SIMILAR APPROVED
Page 41 of 58

Type Description

7.1E THORLUX CLEANLINE LED (1x, 4130lm, 38W,4000) OR SIMILAR APPROVED COMPLETE
WITH 1 HOUR BATTERY BACKUP
8.1 THORLUX FLUTE LED (1x, 1320lm, 36W,4000) OR SIMILAR APPROVED
10.1 THORLUX KANBY LED CONTROLLER (1x, 4795lm, 37W,4000) OR SIMILAR APPROVED

10.1E THORLUX KANBY LED CONTROLLER (1x, 4795lm, 37W,4000) OR SIMILAR APPROVED
COMPLETE WITH 1 HOUR BATTERY BACKUP

22E THORLUX COBOLT LED (1x, 1335lm, 15W, 5700K) OR SIMILAR APPROVED COMPLETE
WITH 1 HOUR BATTERY BACKUP
20.1 Beacon Emergency warning light mounted to roof structure as per structural engineer
12.1 THORLUX HI-BAR LED (1x, 2190lm, 17W,4000) - Suspended, OR SIMILAR APPROVED
NEW STREET LIGHT-TYPE 1- 6m HIGH, THORLUX LIGHTING, JUNO B 60W POLE TOP LED
P1
LIGHT.
NEW STREET LIGHT TYPE 2 - 12m HIGHT, THORLUX LIGHTING, JUNO D 326W POLE TOP
P2 LED LIGHTNEW STREET LIGHT TYPE 2- 12m HIGH, THORLUX LIGHITNG, JUNO D 326W POLE
TOP LED LIGHT
NEW STREET LIGHT TYPE 3- 6m HIGH, THORLUX LIGHTING, JUNO B 30W POLE TOP LED
P3
LIGHT.
21m SCISSOR MAST (OR MAXIMUM LENGTH) WITH 4 FITTINGS PER MAST 900W LED
P4
(600mA)
Page 42 of 58

Section 7:
Power Outlets
Page 43 of 58

7 Section 7: Power Outlets


7.1 Scope
This section covers the supply, installing and connecting of power outlets for the electrical
installation in buildings.
7.2 Standards
The latest edition of the following particular specifications and Codes of Practice shall be read in
conjunction with this section:
BS 5419 Specification for air-break switches, air-break disconnectors, air-
break switch disconnectors and fuse combination units for voltages
up to and including 1000-volt A.C. or 1200-volt D.C.
BS EN 60669-1:1999+A2:2008 Switches for household and similar fixed-electrical installations.
General requirements
BS 2562: 1979 Wall outlet boxes and cover plates
BS 1363-2:2016+A1:2018 13 A plugs, socket-outlets, adaptors and connection units.
Specification for 13 A switched and un-switched socket-outlets
7.3 General
The electrical contractors shall only commence with the installation of power outlets in the conduit
outlets allowed therefore of the plasterer and painter have completed their work in the vicinity of
the outlet.
7.4 Material
7.4.1 Socket outlets with switches
All socket outlets with switches shall be of the standard 16A 3-pin pattern. Units for flush mounting
shall be suitable for 100 x 100 x 50 mm deep flush wall box. Surface mounted patterns shall be
housed in heavy pressed steel boxes. Shutters shall be provided.
All socket outlets with switches shall be continuously rated at 16A and shall be suitable for operation
on a 250V, 50 Hz, A.C. system. Socket outlets with switches for flush mounting and surface mounted
patterns shall be similar and equal to “Le Grand”. All socket outlets with switches shall fully comply
with BS 5419.
Cover plates shall be in accordance with BS 2562: 1979 and shall have bevelled edges which overlap
the box.
7.4.2 Isolators
Moulded case isolators shall be of the double pole ON-LOAD type similar and equal to "CBI".
Heavy duty metalclad isolators must be similar and equal to "Le Grand". Toggles shall be interlocked
with the covers. All isolators shall comply with BS 5419.
To distinguish the switches from circuit breakers the operating handles of isolators shall have a
distinctive colour and where called for in the "detail specification" the switch shall be clearly and
indelibly labelled "ISOLATOR".
7.5 Installation
7.5.1 General
Socket outlets and power outlets shall be installed in the positions as indicated on the drawings.
Page 44 of 58

7.5.2 Socket outlets


Unless otherwise specified socket outlets shall be installed at the following heights above finished
floor level, measured to the underside of the outlet:
a) 300 mm above finished floor level for general applications; and
b) 1 200 mm above finished floor level in kitchens.
7.5.3 Connections to geysers
Each geyser shall be connected to a separate circuit with a separate earth conductor.
The conduit from the distribution board shall terminate in a 100 x 100 x 50 mm outlet box within 1
metre of the geyser. A suitably rated double pole isolated shall be installed in the outlet box. A
flexible conduit shall be installed between the isolator and the geyser.
7.5.4 Connections to heaters, fans and air conditioners
A suitably rated double pole isolator shall be supplied and installed within 1 metre of heaters, fans
and air conditioners. Where the equipment is out of reach the isolator shall be installed 1,5 metres
above floor level. Flexible cords of sufficient rating may be used for the final connection to the
equipment.
Where control units are to be installed the units shall be installed 1,5 metres above floor level.
Page 45 of 58

Section 8:
Telephone Installation
Page 46 of 58

8 Section 8: Telephone Installation


8.1 Scope
This section covers the supply, installation and commission of various type of communication
systems in buildings or other structures.
8.2 Standards
The latest edition of the following particular specifications and Codes of Practice shall be read in
conjunction with this section:
BS EN 61587-6:2017 Mechanical structures for electrical and electronic equipment. Tests for IEC
60917 and IEC 60297 series. Security aspects for indoor cabinets
8.3 General
The electrical subcontractor shall only supply and install all materials required for the provision of
telephone distribution wireways and outlets as indicated on the relevant drawings. The telephone
cabling installation shall be undertaken by others.
8.4 Materials
8.4.1 Telephone distribution board
The board shall comprise of a steel tray, architrave frame and hinged door/s.
The tray shall be constructed from corrosion resistant mild sheet steel having a minimum thickness
of 1,6 mm. Bracing gussets with slots shall be provide on the four corners. Expanded metal shall be
spot welded in position on the back of the tray.
Sufficient 25 mm diameter knock-outs shall be provided on the top and bottom sides of the tray.
The architrave frame shall be constructed from 1,2 mm thick sheet steel with square edges. The
architrave frame shall form an overlapping 25 mm border around the tray and shall be fixed to the
tray in such a manner as to follow for adjustment for the inequalities in the wall finish.
A 20-mm thick soft timber panel of fine grade pine to BS EN 61587-6:2017 without knots shall be
installed inside the main telephone distribution board and shall cover the entire back of the
distribution board. Clipboard or similar timber or other materials are not acceptable for use as back-
boards.
The doors shall be constructed from 1,2 mm sheet steel, reinforced to ensure rigidity. The doors
shall be flush mounted in architrave frames. Door catches shall be constructed of chromium plated
brass and shall be installed flush with the door. Built-in locks shall be provided when specified in the
detail specification.
The main telephone distribution board shall be of the dimensions and type as specified in the detail
specification.
The main telephone distribution shall normally be intended for indoor use but however when
specified to the contrary in the detail specification or on the drawings, a weatherproof, outdoor type
board shall be provided. All outdoor boards shall be equipped with a drip overhang and shall be
normally intended for surface mounting.
The boards shall be finished with a high-quality undercoat and two final coats of off-white colour
paint unless specified to the contrary in the detail specification.
Page 47 of 58

8.4.2 Wireways and outlets for telecommunication cables


All materials for the wireways and outlets for the future installation of telecommunication cables by
others, shall comply with the standard specification for "wireways, floor ducting, power skirting,
cable sleeves and manholes" which forms part of this document.
8.4.3 Wall and column mounted telephone outlet points
Outlet points shall, unless specified to the contrary in the detail specification, consist of a 100 x 100 x
50 galvanised steel conduit boxes flush mounted and complete with a blank cover plate to match the
cover plates of switched socket outlets and light switches.
8.4.4 Conduit for connecting telephone outlet points
A minimum size 25 mm diameter conduit shall be used. All conduit shall be installed with 2 mm
steel draw wire with at least 300 mm length of tail at either end. Conduit shall be installed on a
looping basis with not more than six points per run.
8.5 Installation
The installation of wireways in buildings for telephone cables shall comply with the latest edition of
"facilities for telecommunication services in buildings" as issued by the Department of Posts and
telecommunications.
8.5.1 Underground cable sleeves and manholes
8.5.2 Refer to standard specification for "wireways, floor ducting, power skirting, cable sleeves
and manholes" which forms part of this document.
8.5.3 Sleeves and manholes shall be provided in the ground along the proposed route for all
future underground telecommunication cables as indicated on the relevant drawing. The
dimensions of manholes and sleeves are indicated in the detail specification. Sharp 90°
bends in sleeves intended for telecommunication cables shall be avoided. All unequipped
sleeves shall be equipped with a 3-mm diameter galvanised steel draw wire.
8.5.4 Main telephone distribution board
The main telephone distribution board shall be flush mounted in the wall in the position indicated
on the relevant drawing. The mounting height for the board is specified in the detail specification.
All conduits and sleeves to telephone outlets or sub-distribution boards in the buildings or elsewhere
on the site as well as the main incoming sleeves, shall terminate at the main telephone distribution
board as shown on the relevant drawing.
8.5.5 Draw boxes
Where 150 mm x 150 mm x 50 mm or other draw boxes are specified in the detail specification,
these boxes shall be flush mounted and provided with a suitable cover plate. A timber board shall
not be provided in these boxes.
8.5.6 Wireways for telecommunication cables
The installation of wireways, for the future installation of telecommunication cables by others, shall
comply fully with the standard specification for "wireways, floor ducting, power skirting, cable
sleeves and manholes" which forms part of this document.
All wireways other than floor ducting and power skirting intended for future telecommunication
cables shall be provided with a 2-mm diameter galvanised steel draw wire.
Page 48 of 58

8.5.7 Separation of services


Wireways provided for telephone or other related services shall under no circumstances be used for
any other purpose.
Power cables, conductors and accessories shall be installed at a minimum distance of 300 mm away
from the routes reserved for telecommunication cables.
Conduits and other channels shall be installed in such a way as to avoid telephone cables from
crossing power cables.
8.5.8 Telephone outlets
Telephone outlets in walls shall comprise of 100 mm x 100 mm x 50 mm deep wall boxes which shall
be flush mounted in the wall, in the position shown on the relevant drawing, with the underside 300
mm above the finished floor level. The wall box shall be fitted with an ivory coloured blank cover
plate.
All outlet boxes shall align up neatly with adjacent socket outlet wall boxes.
Telephone outlets in floors fitted with floor ducting shall be of the same type as the floor outlets for
power socket outlets and shall normally be provided in the same outlet box.
Telephone outlets in power skirting shall be provided in the positions shown on the relevant drawing
and the electrical subcontractor need only provide a separate short length cover plate at these
positions. The cover plate for the fixing of the telephone outlet shall not exceed 250 mm in length
and shall be secured in such a manner that adjacent cover plate sections may be removed without
disturbing the telephone outlet.
Page 49 of 58

Section 9:
Earthing and Lightning
Protection Installation
Page 50 of 58

9 Section 9: Earthing and Lightning Protection Installation


9.1 Scope
This section covers the supply and installation of earthing installations for substations, miniature
substations, switch rooms, outdoor equipment, buildings or other structures and standard low
voltage earthing systems.
9.2 Installation
9.2.1 Earthing of substations
All substations shall be earthed in accordance with the requirements of the supply authority. If no
earthing is specified and no specific requirements of the supply authority exist, the following method
shall be adopted.
A main earth bar (minimum cross-sectional area 50 mm x 6 mm and of HDHC copper) must be
provided and fixed to the high voltage room wall by means of shock proof insulators. Suitable space
shall be provided between the earth bar and the wall.
All earth wires shall be secured to the earth bar by means of 10 mm diameter brass bolts. Lock nuts
shall be provided for all terminals.
The following connections shall be made from this earth bar system:
a) 70 mm² insulated stranded conductor to the transformer neutral.
b) Copper tape to the transformer tank (where applicable).
c) 70 mm² bare copper earth conductor to HT switchgear earth bar.
d) 70 mm² copper earth conductor to switchgear frame and board.
e) 2 x 70 mm² bare copper earth conductors to earth electrode/earth rods.
f) 70 mm² bare copper earth conductors to the Municipal main water feed.
Where necessary, earth connections shall be protected against mechanical damage and corrosion.
Two earth rods shall be driven into the ground in the immediate vicinity of the substation at least 3
m apart with their tops not less than 600 mm below ground level. The rods shall be interconnected
with a 70 mm² bare copper conductor buried at a depth of not less than 750 mm. A 70 mm² earth
conductor shall be taken from each of the two earth rods to the main earthing bar in the high
voltage room.
9.2.2 Earthing of miniature substations
The earthing of miniature substations is similar to the earthing requirements of substations
described above except that a main earth bar is not required. The earthing bar in the LV
compartment shall become the main earth bar. The MV switch, transformer earth terminal and
neutral busbar shall be bonded to the earthing bar in the LV compartment as described for
substations.
9.2.3 Earthing of switch rooms
The earthing of switch rooms shall conform to the earthing requirements of substations as described
above.
9.2.4 Earthing of outdoor equipment
In cases where substations contain transformers or switchgear installed outdoors, the compulsory
fence, if no other method is specified, shall be earthed as follows:
a) A 70 mm2 earth conductor shall be installed 400 mm below ground level and 500 mm from
the fence on the outside of the substation along the entire perimeter of the fence. This
Page 51 of 58

earth conductor shall be earthed at each corner by means of a 1,8-m earth rod and the rod
and earth conductor bonded to the fence. The earth conductor shall be bonded, at least at
two points, to the main earthing system.
b) A 70 mm² earth conductor shall also be buried at a depth of 400 mm around each
transformer and switch and bonded to the main earthing system.
9.2.5 Earthing of buildings
All hot and cold-water pipes and discharge pipes shall be interconnected by means of 12 x 1,6 mm
solid or perforated copper tape and clamped with brass bolts and nuts. Copper tapes shall be fixed
to walls by means of brass screws at intervals not exceeding 250 mm.
Iron roofs, gutters, down-pipes, etc., shall be interconnected in the same way. Connections shall be
carried out with brass bolts and nuts (not self-tapping screws).
Iron roofs shall be connected at intervals not exceeding 15 m with a common earth conductor of
bare copper wire. The common earth conductor shall run under the roof over the full length firmly
fixed to the upper purlin.
This earth conductor shall also be connected to the main earth conductor of every distribution
board.
When plastic conduit is used, a 2,5 mm² bare copper conductor shall be installed throughout for
earth continuity.
This copper conductor shall be securely fixed to all metal appliances and equipment, including switch
boxes, socket outlet boxes, draw boxes, switchboards, luminaires etc.
9.2.6 Earthing of LV Systems
A separate earth connection shall be installed from every sub-distribution board to the earth
terminal on the main distribution board. These earth connections shall consist of bare copper
conductors, drawn into conduit or piping, together with PVC conductors or cables.
Socket outlets shall be connected with 2,5 mm² earth conductor to the earth busbar in the relative
distribution board.
The earth terminals of fluorescent light fittings shall be connected to the nearest earth terminals by
means of 2,5 mm² stranded copper conductors.
The earth terminals on the main distribution board shall be earthed by means of a 70 mm² bare
copper conductor connected to the cold water main.
9.3 Earthing of Lightning and Surge Protection Modules
9.3.1 Where more than one module is used at any one location, these shall be grouped together
in one physical location.
AN EARTH BAR OF MINIMUM CROSS SECTIONAL AREA 60MM2 AND SUITABLE LENGTH SHALL BE
PROVIDED AND INSTALLED AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE LIGHTNING AND SURGE PROTECTION
MODULES ARE INSTALLED. THE EARTH BAR SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO THE
PROTECTION MODULES. (THIS EARTH BAR MAY BE THE EQUIPMENT EARTH BAR).
9.3.2 Each protection module shall be individually connected to the earth bar using the shortest
route possible.
9.3.3 The earth bar shall be connected to the local main earth bar by means of a bare copper
earth conductor of minimum cross sectional area of 35mm2.
Page 52 of 58

9.3.4 The ground terminal of each arrester shall be solidly strapped to the earth bar in the
distribution board or cabinet by means of an appropriate copper strap.
9.4 Protection of the Installation
All protection modules shall be DIN rail mounting.
9.4.1 Lightning protection
a) General requirements
The telemetry and communications equipment to be used will operate in areas with high lightning
strike probability. The parameters used for the Transvaal Highveld, which is the most stringent of all
the areas, shall be used to determine the degree of protection required, and Calculated Probabilities
of lightning strikes shall be based on the values shown in Table 1 of SABS 03. The equipment shall
withstand the induced current and voltage surges associated with lightning strikes encountered in
this area, with minimum of damage. Damage is most likely to occur in the RF elements, the power
supplies and the copper communication lines of the equipment.
b) Applicable lightning parameters
According to the CSIR, the following parameters are typical for the Transvaal Highveld, which can be
assumed as the worst case:

Parameter Minimum Value Most Common Maximum Value

Number of strokes per flash 1 5-6 25

Flash duration (ms) 10 200 2 000

Interval between strokes (ms) 3 40 - 60 200

Peak current per stroke (kA) 1 20 - 40 200

Time to peak current (micro sec) 0,5 1 - 2,5 30

Rate of rise (kA/micro sec) 1 20 - 30 200

Time to half value (micro sec) 10 30 - 50 200

Peak continuing current (A) 30 150 1 500

Continuing current duration (ms) 50 150 500

Charge in continuing current (C) 3 25 300

Charge per flash (C) 1 10 - 20 400


c) Lightning generated transient surge protection
i. Telemetry equipment that interfaces directly with any externally exposed equipment
lines, including the AC power supply, shall require transient protection as an integral
part of the equipment.
Page 53 of 58

ii.The installation shall furthermore also be properly protected against lightning in


accordance with the CSIR Special Report "ELEK 165 - A lightning protection guide for
electronic installations" published in 1978 by the National Electrical Engineering
Research Institute.
iii. The contractor shall be held responsible for any damage caused by lightning to
electronic equipment forming part of this installation which is not protected against
lightning in accordance with the aforementioned "ELEK 165".
iv. Imported equipment which is not protected to meet the requirements of "ELEK 165"
shall be equipped with external lightning protection equipment.
v. All mains lightning arresters shall comply with the requirements of SABS171 and shall
bear the SABS mark.
d) Air terminations
A vertical steel or copper clad steel rod or tube lightning conductor, of minimum diameter 15mm)
shall extend above the top of all masts so as to provide a 30 degree cone of protection (measured to
the vertical). The rod shall be bonded to the mast by welding or brazing except where otherwise
indicated in the detail specification.
A copper bonding conductor of 70mm² cross sectional area bare stranded copper shall be run from
the top of the mast downwards. This conductor shall be bonded to the mast at several points, with
the interval between adjacent bonds not exceeding 1,5 meters. All metallic elements in the vicinity
of down conductors should be bonded to the conductor. The top bond to the down conductor shall
be to the air terminal on top of the mast. The bonding shall be done by welding or brazing process
in the case of non-galvanised sections and by the use of clamps in the case of galvanised sections.
The bottom end of the down conductor shall be bonded to the earth point.
e) Antennae
At least one point on each antenna shall be directly connected to ground potential. Antennae shall
be mounted to the masts with suitable clamps and no metal or plastic straps shall be used for this
purpose.
f) Tests by South African Bureau of Standards
Where there is doubt about the ability of a system to withstand lightning surges, the Engineer shall
have the right to call for a suitable test carried out by the South African Bureau of Standards. The
contractor shall be held liable for the cost of such tests.
9.4.2 Surge protection
The contractor shall include for the installation of surge protection equipment on all system
input/output circuits, power supply input (dc, mains) circuits, and for the necessary earth
connections.
Surge protection shall consist of, but not be limited to the following requirements:
a) On all analogue/digital input and output circuits - suitable signal surge protection units with
appropriate voltage ratings as detailed in the paragraph on "Signal Lightning Protection
Modules".
b) On all mains power supply circuits - suitable power supply protection modules as detailed in
the paragraph on "Power Supply Protection Modules".
c) On all telephone lines - Telkom approved protection network, containing gas arresters,
inductance's, transorb type arresters and 600Ω/600Ω isolating transformers. Loop and
ringing current circuits shall be optically isolated.
Page 54 of 58

d) Surge arresters shall be installed on all phases at the input terminals to each equipment
cabinet.
e) Where external lines have to interface with sensitive electronic equipment, such as
computers and associated peripheral equipment, suitable opto-isolators with an isolation
level of at least 5kV shall be installed.
f) All co-axial cables shall be provided with in-line surge suppressers.
It is not anticipated that the stated equipment will, used on their own, necessary provide the
required level of protection and the Contractor shall implement additional measures deemed
necessary to achieve the required protection level.
The Engineer may allow use of alternative types of surge arresters, provided that equivalent or
superior protection levels will be achieved. SABS and/or CSIR test reports to substantiate claims
shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to installation for the alternative equipment.
g) The connecting cable between electronic units shall have continuous screen (not bridged)
which shall be earthed at both ends.
9.4.3 Power supply protection modules
The power supply protection module shall be used to protect the incoming power supply to the
system and for mains supplied stations shall have the following characteristics:
a) The unit shall be rated to operate at a voltage up to 280V AC/DC.
b) The nominal discharge surge current (8/20 μs-wave) shall be greater or equal to 15kA.
c) The maximum discharge surge current shall be greater or equal to 40kA.
d) The unit shall react in less than 25ns.
e) The unit shall be equipped with a visual indication to indicate a fault within the unit or if it is
disconnected from the supply.
f) A fault within the unit shall not effect the operation of the power supply.
A power supply protection module shall be made up out of two units with the above characte¬ristics
the one unit connected between live and neutral and the other between neutral and earth. The
earth shall be connected to the lightning protection interface earth bar via the shortest possible
route and shall have a conductor cross sectional area of not less than 25mm².
9.4.4 Signal lightning protection modules
a) Signal lightning protection modules shall be of a pluggable design, with the decoupling
elements arranged in the plug base element. The decoupling elements shall not be effected
by the presence or absence of the protection plug and the removal of the protection plug
shall not break the signal circuit.
b) It shall be possible to remove and test the protection unit on site using a portable test set.
c) Signal lightning protection modules shall be designed for 2 conductor floating ground circuits
and shall offer individual signal line to ground as well as signal line to signal line protection.
d) The protection plug shall have the following basic elements and shall function as follows:
i. It shall be provided with a gas discharge tube that will absorb the largest part of the
energy of an over-voltage impulse.
ii. It shall be provided with a solid state Zener diode combination, which will clamp the
output voltage before the gas discharge tube, is activated.
iii. It shall be provided with diodes that will limit the capacitance between lines in order to
limit the interference of high frequency signals.
iv. The protection unit shall be able to contain over voltages to a maximum of 30 volt AC
peaks between any of the output terminals and earth or between the two output
terminals.
Page 55 of 58

Note
The over voltage referred to above, is defined as an over voltage with a rise time of 10 micro
seconds, a peak voltage of 800 volt AC, a short circuit peak current of 100 Amp and a voltage down-
time linear with a down-time of 50% of the peak value after 100 micro seconds. Such an over
voltage is generally accepted in the telecommunications industry and represents the maximum
energy and typical wave forms that are induced on twisted pair communications lines in the vicinity
of lighting.
v. Type tests of the offered protection units shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval.
e) Terminal strip interface between RTU and field equipment
i. Two separate terminal strips shall be provided, one for digital signals and one for
analogue signals. The terminals shall be grouped per field device and secondarily by
function (i.e. all inputs together and all outputs together per field device).
ii. All digital inputs shall be powered by the electronic device's power supply and all digital
outputs shall be field powered. All digital signals shall be protected by means of
pluggable signal circuit protection units. The surge protection units shall equal or
exceed the characteristics as given in Table 1.
iii. All analogue inputs will be field powered. All analogue inputs shall be protected by
means of pluggable signal circuit protection units. The units shall equal or exceed the
characteristics as shown in Table 2.
Page 56 of 58

TABLE 1: CHARACTERISTICS OF SURGE PROTECTION UNITS FOR DIGITAL SIGNALS

Parameter Normal High transmission frequency

Nominal voltage Vn 5VDC 12 - 110 VAC/DC 5 VDC 24 VDC


Nominal current In 2A 2A 200 mA 200 mA
Nominal discharge current isn (8/20) 10kA 10kA 10 kA 10 kA
Output voltage threshold at 1 kV/μs  3.2 Û max /  1.6 Û max  3.6 Û max /  1.8 Û max -/ 8 V -/ 40 V
Response time ta -/ 1ns -/ 1ns -/ 500ns -/ 500ns
Impedance in series: inductive (L) 80 μH 80 μH - -
ohmic (R) 100 mΩ 100 mΩ 22 Ω 22 Ω
Cut-off frequency fg (3dB) - - -/200 MHz -/200 MHz
Page 57 of 58

TABLE 2: CHARACTERISTICS OF SURGE PROTECTION UNITS FOR ANALOGUE SIGNALS

Parameter Normal transmission frequency High transmission frequency

Nominal voltage Vn 5VDC 12 - 220VAC/DC 5 VDC 12 VDC 24 VDC 48 VDC


Nominal current In 2A 2A 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA
Nominal discharge current isn 10kA 10kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA
(8/20)
    
Output voltage threshold at 1  1.6 Û max /  650V  1.8 Û max / 8V / 650V 22V / 650V 40V / 650V 86 V / 650V
kV/μs 650V
    
Response time ta  ins /  100ns
 1ns /  100Vns 500ns 500ns 500ns /100ns  /
Impedance in series: inductive (L)
80 μH 80 μH /100ns /100ns - 200ns
ohmic (R) 100 mΩ - - -
100 mΩ 22 Ω
Cut-off frequency fg (3dB) - 22 Ω 22 Ω 22 Ω
- 200 MHz /-
200 MHz /- 200 MHz /- -/200 MHz
Page 58 of 58

iv. In addition to the above, all outgoing and incoming signal lines shall be protected by
means of knife disconnect terminal blocks with gas-filled surge arresters between signal
lines.
v. The pluggable signal protection unit may serve as the terminal block for connecting
outgoing cables.
vi. All digital output signals shall be interfaced by means of interposing relays with a single
pole changeover contact. The contacts shall be rated for a minimum of 2 A, 230 V at a
power factor of 0,8.
vii. The terminal arrangement as detailed above shall have at least 25% spare space after all
incoming cables (including spare cores) have been terminated.
9.5 Test to be Carried Out
Where specified in the Detail Specification, earth resistivity tests shall be carried out prior to the
installation of the earthing installation by a Specialist Contractor and the results shall be submitted
to the Engineer.
After completion the Contractor shall arrange for an earth-resistance test to be carried out in the
presence of the Engineer by a Specialist Contractor. Any further earthing that may be required will
be determined by the test results.

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen